10589 lines
370 KiB
Go
10589 lines
370 KiB
Go
// THIS FILE IS AUTOMATICALLY GENERATED. DO NOT EDIT.
|
|
|
|
// Package rds provides a client for Amazon Relational Database Service.
|
|
package rds
|
|
|
|
import (
|
|
"time"
|
|
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil"
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol"
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const opAddSourceIdentifierToSubscription = "AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription"
|
|
|
|
// AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest generates a request for the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest(input *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opAddSourceIdentifierToSubscription,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Adds a source identifier to an existing RDS event notification subscription.
|
|
func (c *RDS) AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription(input *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) (*AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opAddTagsToResource = "AddTagsToResource"
|
|
|
|
// AddTagsToResourceRequest generates a request for the AddTagsToResource operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) AddTagsToResourceRequest(input *AddTagsToResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddTagsToResourceOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opAddTagsToResource,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &AddTagsToResourceInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
output = &AddTagsToResourceOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Adds metadata tags to an Amazon RDS resource. These tags can also be used
|
|
// with cost allocation reporting to track cost associated with Amazon RDS resources,
|
|
// or used in a Condition statement in an IAM policy for Amazon RDS.
|
|
//
|
|
// For an overview on tagging Amazon RDS resources, see Tagging Amazon RDS
|
|
// Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.Tagging.html).
|
|
func (c *RDS) AddTagsToResource(input *AddTagsToResourceInput) (*AddTagsToResourceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AddTagsToResourceRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opApplyPendingMaintenanceAction = "ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction"
|
|
|
|
// ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest generates a request for the ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(input *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) (req *request.Request, output *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opApplyPendingMaintenanceAction,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Applies a pending maintenance action to a resource (for example, to a DB
|
|
// instance).
|
|
func (c *RDS) ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction(input *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) (*ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opAuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress = "AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress"
|
|
|
|
// AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest generates a request for the AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) (req *request.Request, output *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opAuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Enables ingress to a DBSecurityGroup using one of two forms of authorization.
|
|
// First, EC2 or VPC security groups can be added to the DBSecurityGroup if
|
|
// the application using the database is running on EC2 or VPC instances. Second,
|
|
// IP ranges are available if the application accessing your database is running
|
|
// on the Internet. Required parameters for this API are one of CIDR range,
|
|
// EC2SecurityGroupId for VPC, or (EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName
|
|
// or EC2SecurityGroupId for non-VPC).
|
|
//
|
|
// You cannot authorize ingress from an EC2 security group in one region to
|
|
// an Amazon RDS DB instance in another. You cannot authorize ingress from a
|
|
// VPC security group in one VPC to an Amazon RDS DB instance in another. For
|
|
// an overview of CIDR ranges, go to the Wikipedia Tutorial (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing).
|
|
func (c *RDS) AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress(input *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) (*AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCopyDBClusterSnapshot = "CopyDBClusterSnapshot"
|
|
|
|
// CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest generates a request for the CopyDBClusterSnapshot operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCopyDBClusterSnapshot,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Creates a snapshot of a DB cluster. For more information on Amazon Aurora,
|
|
// see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterSnapshot(input *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) (*CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCopyDBParameterGroup = "CopyDBParameterGroup"
|
|
|
|
// CopyDBParameterGroupRequest generates a request for the CopyDBParameterGroup operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CopyDBParameterGroupRequest(input *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyDBParameterGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCopyDBParameterGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CopyDBParameterGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &CopyDBParameterGroupOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Copies the specified DB parameter group.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CopyDBParameterGroup(input *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) (*CopyDBParameterGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CopyDBParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCopyDBSnapshot = "CopyDBSnapshot"
|
|
|
|
// CopyDBSnapshotRequest generates a request for the CopyDBSnapshot operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CopyDBSnapshotRequest(input *CopyDBSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyDBSnapshotOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCopyDBSnapshot,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CopyDBSnapshotInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &CopyDBSnapshotOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Copies the specified DBSnapshot. The source DB snapshot must be in the "available"
|
|
// state.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you are copying from a shared manual DB snapshot, the SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier
|
|
// must be the ARN of the shared DB snapshot.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CopyDBSnapshot(input *CopyDBSnapshotInput) (*CopyDBSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CopyDBSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCopyOptionGroup = "CopyOptionGroup"
|
|
|
|
// CopyOptionGroupRequest generates a request for the CopyOptionGroup operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CopyOptionGroupRequest(input *CopyOptionGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyOptionGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCopyOptionGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CopyOptionGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &CopyOptionGroupOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Copies the specified option group.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CopyOptionGroup(input *CopyOptionGroupInput) (*CopyOptionGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CopyOptionGroupRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateDBCluster = "CreateDBCluster"
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBClusterRequest generates a request for the CreateDBCluster operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterRequest(input *CreateDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBClusterOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateDBCluster,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateDBClusterInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &CreateDBClusterOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Creates a new Amazon Aurora DB cluster. For more information on Amazon Aurora,
|
|
// see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateDBCluster(input *CreateDBClusterInput) (*CreateDBClusterOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateDBClusterRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateDBClusterParameterGroup = "CreateDBClusterParameterGroup"
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a request for the CreateDBClusterParameterGroup operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateDBClusterParameterGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Creates a new DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Parameters in a DB cluster parameter group apply to all of the instances
|
|
// in a DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// A DB cluster parameter group is initially created with the default parameters
|
|
// for the database engine used by instances in the DB cluster. To provide custom
|
|
// values for any of the parameters, you must modify the group after creating
|
|
// it using ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup. Once you've created a DB cluster
|
|
// parameter group, you need to associate it with your DB cluster using ModifyDBCluster.
|
|
// When you associate a new DB cluster parameter group with a running DB cluster,
|
|
// you need to reboot the DB instances in the DB cluster without failover for
|
|
// the new DB cluster parameter group and associated settings to take effect.
|
|
//
|
|
// After you create a DB cluster parameter group, you should wait at least
|
|
// 5 minutes before creating your first DB cluster that uses that DB cluster
|
|
// parameter group as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to
|
|
// fully complete the create action before the DB cluster parameter group is
|
|
// used as the default for a new DB cluster. This is especially important for
|
|
// parameters that are critical when creating the default database for a DB
|
|
// cluster, such as the character set for the default database defined by the
|
|
// character_set_database parameter. You can use the Parameter Groups option
|
|
// of the Amazon RDS console (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/) or the DescribeDBClusterParameters
|
|
// command to verify that your DB cluster parameter group has been created or
|
|
// modified.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterParameterGroup(input *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateDBClusterSnapshot = "CreateDBClusterSnapshot"
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest generates a request for the CreateDBClusterSnapshot operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateDBClusterSnapshot,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Creates a snapshot of a DB cluster. For more information on Amazon Aurora,
|
|
// see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterSnapshot(input *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) (*CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateDBInstance = "CreateDBInstance"
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBInstanceRequest generates a request for the CreateDBInstance operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstanceRequest(input *CreateDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBInstanceOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateDBInstance,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateDBInstanceInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &CreateDBInstanceOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Creates a new DB instance.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstance(input *CreateDBInstanceInput) (*CreateDBInstanceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateDBInstanceRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateDBInstanceReadReplica = "CreateDBInstanceReadReplica"
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest generates a request for the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest(input *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateDBInstanceReadReplica,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Creates a DB instance for a DB instance running MySQL, MariaDB, or PostgreSQL
|
|
// that acts as a Read Replica of a source DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// All Read Replica DB instances are created as Single-AZ deployments with
|
|
// backups disabled. All other DB instance attributes (including DB security
|
|
// groups and DB parameter groups) are inherited from the source DB instance,
|
|
// except as specified below.
|
|
//
|
|
// The source DB instance must have backup retention enabled.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstanceReadReplica(input *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) (*CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateDBParameterGroup = "CreateDBParameterGroup"
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBParameterGroupRequest generates a request for the CreateDBParameterGroup operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateDBParameterGroupRequest(input *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBParameterGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateDBParameterGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateDBParameterGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &CreateDBParameterGroupOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Creates a new DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// A DB parameter group is initially created with the default parameters for
|
|
// the database engine used by the DB instance. To provide custom values for
|
|
// any of the parameters, you must modify the group after creating it using
|
|
// ModifyDBParameterGroup. Once you've created a DB parameter group, you need
|
|
// to associate it with your DB instance using ModifyDBInstance. When you associate
|
|
// a new DB parameter group with a running DB instance, you need to reboot the
|
|
// DB instance without failover for the new DB parameter group and associated
|
|
// settings to take effect.
|
|
//
|
|
// After you create a DB parameter group, you should wait at least 5 minutes
|
|
// before creating your first DB instance that uses that DB parameter group
|
|
// as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to fully complete
|
|
// the create action before the parameter group is used as the default for a
|
|
// new DB instance. This is especially important for parameters that are critical
|
|
// when creating the default database for a DB instance, such as the character
|
|
// set for the default database defined by the character_set_database parameter.
|
|
// You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon RDS console (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/)
|
|
// or the DescribeDBParameters command to verify that your DB parameter group
|
|
// has been created or modified.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateDBParameterGroup(input *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) (*CreateDBParameterGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateDBParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateDBSecurityGroup = "CreateDBSecurityGroup"
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest generates a request for the CreateDBSecurityGroup operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest(input *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateDBSecurityGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateDBSecurityGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Creates a new DB security group. DB security groups control access to a DB
|
|
// instance.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateDBSecurityGroup(input *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) (*CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateDBSnapshot = "CreateDBSnapshot"
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBSnapshotRequest generates a request for the CreateDBSnapshot operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateDBSnapshotRequest(input *CreateDBSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBSnapshotOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateDBSnapshot,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateDBSnapshotInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &CreateDBSnapshotOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Creates a DBSnapshot. The source DBInstance must be in "available" state.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateDBSnapshot(input *CreateDBSnapshotInput) (*CreateDBSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateDBSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateDBSubnetGroup = "CreateDBSubnetGroup"
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest generates a request for the CreateDBSubnetGroup operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(input *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateDBSubnetGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateDBSubnetGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Creates a new DB subnet group. DB subnet groups must contain at least one
|
|
// subnet in at least two AZs in the region.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateDBSubnetGroup(input *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) (*CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateEventSubscription = "CreateEventSubscription"
|
|
|
|
// CreateEventSubscriptionRequest generates a request for the CreateEventSubscription operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateEventSubscription,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateEventSubscriptionInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &CreateEventSubscriptionOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Creates an RDS event notification subscription. This action requires a topic
|
|
// ARN (Amazon Resource Name) created by either the RDS console, the SNS console,
|
|
// or the SNS API. To obtain an ARN with SNS, you must create a topic in Amazon
|
|
// SNS and subscribe to the topic. The ARN is displayed in the SNS console.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can specify the type of source (SourceType) you want to be notified
|
|
// of, provide a list of RDS sources (SourceIds) that triggers the events, and
|
|
// provide a list of event categories (EventCategories) for events you want
|
|
// to be notified of. For example, you can specify SourceType = db-instance,
|
|
// SourceIds = mydbinstance1, mydbinstance2 and EventCategories = Availability,
|
|
// Backup.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify both the SourceType and SourceIds, such as SourceType = db-instance
|
|
// and SourceIdentifier = myDBInstance1, you will be notified of all the db-instance
|
|
// events for the specified source. If you specify a SourceType but do not specify
|
|
// a SourceIdentifier, you will receive notice of the events for that source
|
|
// type for all your RDS sources. If you do not specify either the SourceType
|
|
// nor the SourceIdentifier, you will be notified of events generated from all
|
|
// RDS sources belonging to your customer account.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateEventSubscription(input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) (*CreateEventSubscriptionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateOptionGroup = "CreateOptionGroup"
|
|
|
|
// CreateOptionGroupRequest generates a request for the CreateOptionGroup operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateOptionGroupRequest(input *CreateOptionGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateOptionGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateOptionGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateOptionGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &CreateOptionGroupOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Creates a new option group. You can create up to 20 option groups.
|
|
func (c *RDS) CreateOptionGroup(input *CreateOptionGroupInput) (*CreateOptionGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateOptionGroupRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteDBCluster = "DeleteDBCluster"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBClusterRequest generates a request for the DeleteDBCluster operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBClusterOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteDBCluster,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteDBClusterInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DeleteDBClusterOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The DeleteDBCluster action deletes a previously provisioned DB cluster. A
|
|
// successful response from the web service indicates the request was received
|
|
// correctly. When you delete a DB cluster, all automated backups for that DB
|
|
// cluster are deleted and cannot be recovered. Manual DB cluster snapshots
|
|
// of the DB cluster to be deleted are not deleted.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBCluster(input *DeleteDBClusterInput) (*DeleteDBClusterOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteDBClusterParameterGroup = "DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a request for the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteDBClusterParameterGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
output = &DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Deletes a specified DB cluster parameter group. The DB cluster parameter
|
|
// group to be deleted cannot be associated with any DB clusters.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup(input *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteDBClusterSnapshot = "DeleteDBClusterSnapshot"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest generates a request for the DeleteDBClusterSnapshot operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteDBClusterSnapshot,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Deletes a DB cluster snapshot. If the snapshot is being copied, the copy
|
|
// operation is terminated.
|
|
//
|
|
// The DB cluster snapshot must be in the available state to be deleted. For
|
|
// more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterSnapshot(input *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) (*DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteDBInstance = "DeleteDBInstance"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBInstanceRequest generates a request for the DeleteDBInstance operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBInstanceRequest(input *DeleteDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBInstanceOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteDBInstance,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteDBInstanceInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DeleteDBInstanceOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The DeleteDBInstance action deletes a previously provisioned DB instance.
|
|
// A successful response from the web service indicates the request was received
|
|
// correctly. When you delete a DB instance, all automated backups for that
|
|
// instance are deleted and cannot be recovered. Manual DB snapshots of the
|
|
// DB instance to be deleted are not deleted.
|
|
//
|
|
// If a final DB snapshot is requested the status of the RDS instance will
|
|
// be "deleting" until the DB snapshot is created. The API action DescribeDBInstance
|
|
// is used to monitor the status of this operation. The action cannot be canceled
|
|
// or reverted once submitted.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note that when a DB instance is in a failure state and has a status of 'failed',
|
|
// 'incompatible-restore', or 'incompatible-network', it can only be deleted
|
|
// when the SkipFinalSnapshot parameter is set to "true".
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBInstance(input *DeleteDBInstanceInput) (*DeleteDBInstanceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteDBInstanceRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteDBParameterGroup = "DeleteDBParameterGroup"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest generates a request for the DeleteDBParameterGroup operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteDBParameterGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteDBParameterGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
output = &DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Deletes a specified DBParameterGroup. The DBParameterGroup to be deleted
|
|
// cannot be associated with any DB instances.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBParameterGroup(input *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) (*DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteDBSecurityGroup = "DeleteDBSecurityGroup"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest generates a request for the DeleteDBSecurityGroup operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteDBSecurityGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
output = &DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Deletes a DB security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// The specified DB security group must not be associated with any DB instances.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSecurityGroup(input *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) (*DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteDBSnapshot = "DeleteDBSnapshot"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBSnapshotRequest generates a request for the DeleteDBSnapshot operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSnapshotRequest(input *DeleteDBSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBSnapshotOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteDBSnapshot,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteDBSnapshotInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DeleteDBSnapshotOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Deletes a DBSnapshot. If the snapshot is being copied, the copy operation
|
|
// is terminated.
|
|
//
|
|
// The DBSnapshot must be in the available state to be deleted.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSnapshot(input *DeleteDBSnapshotInput) (*DeleteDBSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteDBSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteDBSubnetGroup = "DeleteDBSubnetGroup"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest generates a request for the DeleteDBSubnetGroup operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteDBSubnetGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
output = &DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Deletes a DB subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// The specified database subnet group must not be associated with any DB instances.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSubnetGroup(input *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) (*DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteEventSubscription = "DeleteEventSubscription"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest generates a request for the DeleteEventSubscription operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteEventSubscription,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteEventSubscriptionInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Deletes an RDS event notification subscription.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteEventSubscription(input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) (*DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteOptionGroup = "DeleteOptionGroup"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteOptionGroupRequest generates a request for the DeleteOptionGroup operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteOptionGroupRequest(input *DeleteOptionGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteOptionGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteOptionGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteOptionGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
output = &DeleteOptionGroupOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Deletes an existing option group.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DeleteOptionGroup(input *DeleteOptionGroupInput) (*DeleteOptionGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteOptionGroupRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeAccountAttributes = "DescribeAccountAttributes"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeAccountAttributesRequest generates a request for the DescribeAccountAttributes operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(input *DescribeAccountAttributesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeAccountAttributesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeAccountAttributes,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeAccountAttributesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribeAccountAttributesOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Lists all of the attributes for a customer account. The attributes include
|
|
// Amazon RDS quotas for the account, such as the number of DB instances allowed.
|
|
// The description for a quota includes the quota name, current usage toward
|
|
// that quota, and the quota's maximum value.
|
|
//
|
|
// This command does not take any parameters.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeAccountAttributes(input *DescribeAccountAttributesInput) (*DescribeAccountAttributesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeCertificates = "DescribeCertificates"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeCertificatesRequest generates a request for the DescribeCertificates operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeCertificatesRequest(input *DescribeCertificatesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeCertificatesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeCertificates,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeCertificatesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribeCertificatesOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Lists the set of CA certificates provided by Amazon RDS for this AWS account.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeCertificates(input *DescribeCertificatesInput) (*DescribeCertificatesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeCertificatesRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeDBClusterParameterGroups = "DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest generates a request for the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeDBClusterParameterGroups,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns a list of DBClusterParameterGroup descriptions. If a DBClusterParameterGroupName
|
|
// parameter is specified, the list will contain only the description of the
|
|
// specified DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups(input *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeDBClusterParameters = "DescribeDBClusterParameters"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest generates a request for the DescribeDBClusterParameters operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeDBClusterParameters,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeDBClusterParametersInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns the detailed parameter list for a particular DB cluster parameter
|
|
// group.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParameters(input *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) (*DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeDBClusterSnapshots = "DescribeDBClusterSnapshots"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest generates a request for the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeDBClusterSnapshots,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns information about DB cluster snapshots. This API supports pagination.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshots(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeDBClusters = "DescribeDBClusters"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBClustersRequest generates a request for the DescribeDBClusters operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClustersRequest(input *DescribeDBClustersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClustersOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeDBClusters,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeDBClustersInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribeDBClustersOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns information about provisioned Aurora DB clusters. This API supports
|
|
// pagination.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusters(input *DescribeDBClustersInput) (*DescribeDBClustersOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBClustersRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeDBEngineVersions = "DescribeDBEngineVersions"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest generates a request for the DescribeDBEngineVersions operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeDBEngineVersions,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns a list of the available DB engines.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBEngineVersions(input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) (*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBEngineVersionsPages(input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput, fn func(p *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
|
|
page, _ := c.DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(input)
|
|
page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
|
|
return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
return fn(p.(*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput), lastPage)
|
|
})
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeDBInstances = "DescribeDBInstances"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBInstancesRequest generates a request for the DescribeDBInstances operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstancesRequest(input *DescribeDBInstancesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBInstancesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeDBInstances,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeDBInstancesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribeDBInstancesOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns information about provisioned RDS instances. This API supports pagination.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstances(input *DescribeDBInstancesInput) (*DescribeDBInstancesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstancesPages(input *DescribeDBInstancesInput, fn func(p *DescribeDBInstancesOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
|
|
page, _ := c.DescribeDBInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
|
|
return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
return fn(p.(*DescribeDBInstancesOutput), lastPage)
|
|
})
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeDBLogFiles = "DescribeDBLogFiles"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBLogFilesRequest generates a request for the DescribeDBLogFiles operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBLogFilesRequest(input *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBLogFilesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeDBLogFiles,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeDBLogFilesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribeDBLogFilesOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns a list of DB log files for the DB instance.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBLogFiles(input *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) (*DescribeDBLogFilesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBLogFilesRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBLogFilesPages(input *DescribeDBLogFilesInput, fn func(p *DescribeDBLogFilesOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
|
|
page, _ := c.DescribeDBLogFilesRequest(input)
|
|
page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
|
|
return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
return fn(p.(*DescribeDBLogFilesOutput), lastPage)
|
|
})
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeDBParameterGroups = "DescribeDBParameterGroups"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest generates a request for the DescribeDBParameterGroups operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeDBParameterGroups,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns a list of DBParameterGroup descriptions. If a DBParameterGroupName
|
|
// is specified, the list will contain only the description of the specified
|
|
// DB parameter group.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameterGroups(input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameterGroupsPages(input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput, fn func(p *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
|
|
page, _ := c.DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
|
|
return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
return fn(p.(*DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput), lastPage)
|
|
})
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeDBParameters = "DescribeDBParameters"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBParametersRequest generates a request for the DescribeDBParameters operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParametersRequest(input *DescribeDBParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBParametersOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeDBParameters,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeDBParametersInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribeDBParametersOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns the detailed parameter list for a particular DB parameter group.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameters(input *DescribeDBParametersInput) (*DescribeDBParametersOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBParametersRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParametersPages(input *DescribeDBParametersInput, fn func(p *DescribeDBParametersOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
|
|
page, _ := c.DescribeDBParametersRequest(input)
|
|
page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
|
|
return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
return fn(p.(*DescribeDBParametersOutput), lastPage)
|
|
})
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeDBSecurityGroups = "DescribeDBSecurityGroups"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest generates a request for the DescribeDBSecurityGroups operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeDBSecurityGroups,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns a list of DBSecurityGroup descriptions. If a DBSecurityGroupName
|
|
// is specified, the list will contain only the descriptions of the specified
|
|
// DB security group.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSecurityGroups(input *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPages(input *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput, fn func(p *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
|
|
page, _ := c.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
|
|
return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
return fn(p.(*DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput), lastPage)
|
|
})
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeDBSnapshotAttributes = "DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest generates a request for the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest(input *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeDBSnapshotAttributes,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns a list of DB snapshot attribute names and values for a manual DB
|
|
// snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// When sharing snapshots with other AWS accounts, DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes
|
|
// returns the restore attribute and a list of the AWS account ids that are
|
|
// authorized to copy or restore the manual DB snapshot. If all is included
|
|
// in the list of values for the restore attribute, then the manual DB snapshot
|
|
// is public and can be copied or restored by all AWS accounts.
|
|
//
|
|
// To add or remove access for an AWS account to copy or restore a manual DB
|
|
// snapshot, or to make the manual DB snapshot public or private, use the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute
|
|
// API.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes(input *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) (*DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeDBSnapshots = "DescribeDBSnapshots"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest generates a request for the DescribeDBSnapshots operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest(input *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeDBSnapshots,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeDBSnapshotsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns information about DB snapshots. This API supports pagination.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshots(input *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) (*DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotsPages(input *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput, fn func(p *DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
|
|
page, _ := c.DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest(input)
|
|
page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
|
|
return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
return fn(p.(*DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput), lastPage)
|
|
})
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeDBSubnetGroups = "DescribeDBSubnetGroups"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest generates a request for the DescribeDBSubnetGroups operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeDBSubnetGroups,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns a list of DBSubnetGroup descriptions. If a DBSubnetGroupName is specified,
|
|
// the list will contain only the descriptions of the specified DBSubnetGroup.
|
|
//
|
|
// For an overview of CIDR ranges, go to the Wikipedia Tutorial (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing).
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSubnetGroups(input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPages(input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput, fn func(p *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
|
|
page, _ := c.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
|
|
return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
return fn(p.(*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput), lastPage)
|
|
})
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters = "DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest generates a request for the DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns the default engine and system parameter information for the cluster
|
|
// database engine.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters(input *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) (*DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeEngineDefaultParameters = "DescribeEngineDefaultParameters"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest generates a request for the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeEngineDefaultParameters,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"EngineDefaults.Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns the default engine and system parameter information for the specified
|
|
// database engine.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultParameters(input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) (*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPages(input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput, fn func(p *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
|
|
page, _ := c.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(input)
|
|
page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
|
|
return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
return fn(p.(*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput), lastPage)
|
|
})
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeEventCategories = "DescribeEventCategories"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventCategoriesRequest generates a request for the DescribeEventCategories operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeEventCategories,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeEventCategoriesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribeEventCategoriesOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Displays a list of categories for all event source types, or, if specified,
|
|
// for a specified source type. You can see a list of the event categories and
|
|
// source types in the Events (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.html)
|
|
// topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeEventCategories(input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) (*DescribeEventCategoriesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeEventSubscriptions = "DescribeEventSubscriptions"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest generates a request for the DescribeEventSubscriptions operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeEventSubscriptions,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Lists all the subscription descriptions for a customer account. The description
|
|
// for a subscription includes SubscriptionName, SNSTopicARN, CustomerID, SourceType,
|
|
// SourceID, CreationTime, and Status.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify a SubscriptionName, lists the description for that subscription.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeEventSubscriptions(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput, fn func(p *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
|
|
page, _ := c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input)
|
|
page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
|
|
return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
return fn(p.(*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput), lastPage)
|
|
})
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeEvents = "DescribeEvents"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventsRequest generates a request for the DescribeEvents operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeEventsRequest(input *DescribeEventsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeEvents,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeEventsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribeEventsOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns events related to DB instances, DB security groups, DB snapshots,
|
|
// and DB parameter groups for the past 14 days. Events specific to a particular
|
|
// DB instance, DB security group, database snapshot, or DB parameter group
|
|
// can be obtained by providing the name as a parameter. By default, the past
|
|
// hour of events are returned.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeEvents(input *DescribeEventsInput) (*DescribeEventsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeEventsRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeEventsPages(input *DescribeEventsInput, fn func(p *DescribeEventsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
|
|
page, _ := c.DescribeEventsRequest(input)
|
|
page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
|
|
return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
return fn(p.(*DescribeEventsOutput), lastPage)
|
|
})
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeOptionGroupOptions = "DescribeOptionGroupOptions"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest generates a request for the DescribeOptionGroupOptions operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest(input *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeOptionGroupOptions,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes all available options.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupOptions(input *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) (*DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPages(input *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput, fn func(p *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
|
|
page, _ := c.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest(input)
|
|
page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
|
|
return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
return fn(p.(*DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput), lastPage)
|
|
})
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeOptionGroups = "DescribeOptionGroups"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeOptionGroupsRequest generates a request for the DescribeOptionGroups operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupsRequest(input *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeOptionGroupsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeOptionGroups,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeOptionGroupsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribeOptionGroupsOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the available option groups.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroups(input *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) (*DescribeOptionGroupsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeOptionGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupsPages(input *DescribeOptionGroupsInput, fn func(p *DescribeOptionGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
|
|
page, _ := c.DescribeOptionGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
|
|
return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
return fn(p.(*DescribeOptionGroupsOutput), lastPage)
|
|
})
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions = "DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest generates a request for the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns a list of orderable DB instance options for the specified engine.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions(input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) (*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPages(input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput, fn func(p *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
|
|
page, _ := c.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(input)
|
|
page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
|
|
return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
return fn(p.(*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput), lastPage)
|
|
})
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribePendingMaintenanceActions = "DescribePendingMaintenanceActions"
|
|
|
|
// DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest generates a request for the DescribePendingMaintenanceActions operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(input *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribePendingMaintenanceActions,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns a list of resources (for example, DB instances) that have at least
|
|
// one pending maintenance action.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribePendingMaintenanceActions(input *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) (*DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeReservedDBInstances = "DescribeReservedDBInstances"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest generates a request for the DescribeReservedDBInstances operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeReservedDBInstances,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns information about reserved DB instances for this account, or about
|
|
// a specified reserved DB instance.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstances(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) (*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesPages(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput, fn func(p *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
|
|
page, _ := c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
|
|
return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
return fn(p.(*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput), lastPage)
|
|
})
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings = "DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest generates a request for the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Lists available reserved DB instance offerings.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) (*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPages(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput, fn func(p *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
|
|
page, _ := c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest(input)
|
|
page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
|
|
return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
return fn(p.(*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput), lastPage)
|
|
})
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDownloadDBLogFilePortion = "DownloadDBLogFilePortion"
|
|
|
|
// DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest generates a request for the DownloadDBLogFilePortion operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest(input *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDownloadDBLogFilePortion,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "NumberOfLines",
|
|
TruncationToken: "AdditionalDataPending",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Downloads all or a portion of the specified log file, up to 1 MB in size.
|
|
func (c *RDS) DownloadDBLogFilePortion(input *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) (*DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
func (c *RDS) DownloadDBLogFilePortionPages(input *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput, fn func(p *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
|
|
page, _ := c.DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest(input)
|
|
page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
|
|
return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
return fn(p.(*DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput), lastPage)
|
|
})
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opFailoverDBCluster = "FailoverDBCluster"
|
|
|
|
// FailoverDBClusterRequest generates a request for the FailoverDBCluster operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) FailoverDBClusterRequest(input *FailoverDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *FailoverDBClusterOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opFailoverDBCluster,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &FailoverDBClusterInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &FailoverDBClusterOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Forces a failover for a DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// A failover for a DB cluster promotes one of the read-only instances in the
|
|
// DB cluster to the master DB instance (the cluster writer) and deletes the
|
|
// current primary instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Amazon Aurora will automatically fail over to a read-only instance, if one
|
|
// exists, when the primary instance fails. You can force a failover when you
|
|
// want to simulate a failure of a DB instance for testing. Because each instance
|
|
// in a DB cluster has its own endpoint address, you will need to clean up and
|
|
// re-establish any existing connections that use those endpoint addresses when
|
|
// the failover is complete.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
func (c *RDS) FailoverDBCluster(input *FailoverDBClusterInput) (*FailoverDBClusterOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.FailoverDBClusterRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opListTagsForResource = "ListTagsForResource"
|
|
|
|
// ListTagsForResourceRequest generates a request for the ListTagsForResource operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) ListTagsForResourceRequest(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListTagsForResourceOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opListTagsForResource,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ListTagsForResourceInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &ListTagsForResourceOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Lists all tags on an Amazon RDS resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// For an overview on tagging an Amazon RDS resource, see Tagging Amazon RDS
|
|
// Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.Tagging.html).
|
|
func (c *RDS) ListTagsForResource(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyDBCluster = "ModifyDBCluster"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyDBClusterRequest generates a request for the ModifyDBCluster operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBClusterOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyDBCluster,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyDBClusterInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &ModifyDBClusterOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Modify a setting for an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. You can change one or more
|
|
// database configuration parameters by specifying these parameters and the
|
|
// new values in the request. For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora
|
|
// on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBCluster(input *ModifyDBClusterInput) (*ModifyDBClusterOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyDBClusterParameterGroup = "ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a request for the ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyDBClusterParameterGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Modifies the parameters of a DB cluster parameter group. To modify more than
|
|
// one parameter, submit a list of the following: ParameterName, ParameterValue,
|
|
// and ApplyMethod. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified in a single request.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Changes to dynamic parameters are applied immediately. Changes to static
|
|
// parameters require a reboot without failover to the DB cluster associated
|
|
// with the parameter group before the change can take effect.
|
|
//
|
|
// After you create a DB cluster parameter group, you should wait at least
|
|
// 5 minutes before creating your first DB cluster that uses that DB cluster
|
|
// parameter group as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to
|
|
// fully complete the create action before the parameter group is used as the
|
|
// default for a new DB cluster. This is especially important for parameters
|
|
// that are critical when creating the default database for a DB cluster, such
|
|
// as the character set for the default database defined by the character_set_database
|
|
// parameter. You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon RDS console
|
|
// (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/) or the DescribeDBClusterParameters
|
|
// command to verify that your DB cluster parameter group has been created or
|
|
// modified.
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup(input *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyDBInstance = "ModifyDBInstance"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyDBInstanceRequest generates a request for the ModifyDBInstance operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBInstanceRequest(input *ModifyDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBInstanceOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyDBInstance,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyDBInstanceInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &ModifyDBInstanceOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Modify settings for a DB instance. You can change one or more database configuration
|
|
// parameters by specifying these parameters and the new values in the request.
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBInstance(input *ModifyDBInstanceInput) (*ModifyDBInstanceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyDBInstanceRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyDBParameterGroup = "ModifyDBParameterGroup"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest generates a request for the ModifyDBParameterGroup operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DBParameterGroupNameMessage) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyDBParameterGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyDBParameterGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DBParameterGroupNameMessage{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Modifies the parameters of a DB parameter group. To modify more than one
|
|
// parameter, submit a list of the following: ParameterName, ParameterValue,
|
|
// and ApplyMethod. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified in a single request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Changes to dynamic parameters are applied immediately. Changes to static
|
|
// parameters require a reboot without failover to the DB instance associated
|
|
// with the parameter group before the change can take effect.
|
|
//
|
|
// After you modify a DB parameter group, you should wait at least 5 minutes
|
|
// before creating your first DB instance that uses that DB parameter group
|
|
// as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to fully complete
|
|
// the modify action before the parameter group is used as the default for a
|
|
// new DB instance. This is especially important for parameters that are critical
|
|
// when creating the default database for a DB instance, such as the character
|
|
// set for the default database defined by the character_set_database parameter.
|
|
// You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon RDS console (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/)
|
|
// or the DescribeDBParameters command to verify that your DB parameter group
|
|
// has been created or modified.
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBParameterGroup(input *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) (*DBParameterGroupNameMessage, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyDBSnapshotAttribute = "ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest generates a request for the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest(input *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyDBSnapshotAttribute,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Adds an attribute and values to, or removes an attribute and values from
|
|
// a manual DB snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// To share a manual DB snapshot with other AWS accounts, specify restore as
|
|
// the AttributeName and use the ValuesToAdd parameter to add a list of the
|
|
// AWS account ids that are authorized to retore the manual DB snapshot. Uses
|
|
// the value all to make the manual DB snapshot public and can by copied or
|
|
// restored by all AWS accounts. Do not add the all value for any manual DB
|
|
// snapshots that contain private information that you do not want to be available
|
|
// to all AWS accounts.
|
|
//
|
|
// To view which AWS accounts have access to copy or restore a manual DB snapshot,
|
|
// or whether a manual DB snapshot public or private, use the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes
|
|
// API.
|
|
//
|
|
// If the manual DB snapshot is encrypted, it cannot be shared.
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute(input *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) (*ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyDBSubnetGroup = "ModifyDBSubnetGroup"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest generates a request for the ModifyDBSubnetGroup operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyDBSubnetGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Modifies an existing DB subnet group. DB subnet groups must contain at least
|
|
// one subnet in at least two AZs in the region.
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSubnetGroup(input *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) (*ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyEventSubscription = "ModifyEventSubscription"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest generates a request for the ModifyEventSubscription operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyEventSubscription,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyEventSubscriptionInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Modifies an existing RDS event notification subscription. Note that you cannot
|
|
// modify the source identifiers using this call; to change source identifiers
|
|
// for a subscription, use the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription and RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription
|
|
// calls.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can see a list of the event categories for a given SourceType in the
|
|
// Events (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.html)
|
|
// topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide or by using the DescribeEventCategories
|
|
// action.
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyEventSubscription(input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) (*ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyOptionGroup = "ModifyOptionGroup"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyOptionGroupRequest generates a request for the ModifyOptionGroup operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyOptionGroupRequest(input *ModifyOptionGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyOptionGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyOptionGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyOptionGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &ModifyOptionGroupOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Modifies an existing option group.
|
|
func (c *RDS) ModifyOptionGroup(input *ModifyOptionGroupInput) (*ModifyOptionGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyOptionGroupRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opPromoteReadReplica = "PromoteReadReplica"
|
|
|
|
// PromoteReadReplicaRequest generates a request for the PromoteReadReplica operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplicaRequest(input *PromoteReadReplicaInput) (req *request.Request, output *PromoteReadReplicaOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opPromoteReadReplica,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &PromoteReadReplicaInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &PromoteReadReplicaOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Promotes a Read Replica DB instance to a standalone DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// We recommend that you enable automated backups on your Read Replica before
|
|
// promoting the Read Replica. This ensures that no backup is taken during the
|
|
// promotion process. Once the instance is promoted to a primary instance, backups
|
|
// are taken based on your backup settings.
|
|
func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplica(input *PromoteReadReplicaInput) (*PromoteReadReplicaOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.PromoteReadReplicaRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opPurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering = "PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering"
|
|
|
|
// PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest generates a request for the PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest(input *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opPurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Purchases a reserved DB instance offering.
|
|
func (c *RDS) PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering(input *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) (*PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRebootDBInstance = "RebootDBInstance"
|
|
|
|
// RebootDBInstanceRequest generates a request for the RebootDBInstance operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) RebootDBInstanceRequest(input *RebootDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *RebootDBInstanceOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRebootDBInstance,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RebootDBInstanceInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &RebootDBInstanceOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Rebooting a DB instance restarts the database engine service. A reboot also
|
|
// applies to the DB instance any modifications to the associated DB parameter
|
|
// group that were pending. Rebooting a DB instance results in a momentary outage
|
|
// of the instance, during which the DB instance status is set to rebooting.
|
|
// If the RDS instance is configured for MultiAZ, it is possible that the reboot
|
|
// will be conducted through a failover. An Amazon RDS event is created when
|
|
// the reboot is completed.
|
|
//
|
|
// If your DB instance is deployed in multiple Availability Zones, you can
|
|
// force a failover from one AZ to the other during the reboot. You might force
|
|
// a failover to test the availability of your DB instance deployment or to
|
|
// restore operations to the original AZ after a failover occurs.
|
|
//
|
|
// The time required to reboot is a function of the specific database engine's
|
|
// crash recovery process. To improve the reboot time, we recommend that you
|
|
// reduce database activities as much as possible during the reboot process
|
|
// to reduce rollback activity for in-transit transactions.
|
|
func (c *RDS) RebootDBInstance(input *RebootDBInstanceInput) (*RebootDBInstanceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RebootDBInstanceRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription = "RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription"
|
|
|
|
// RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest generates a request for the RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest(input *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Removes a source identifier from an existing RDS event notification subscription.
|
|
func (c *RDS) RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription(input *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) (*RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRemoveTagsFromResource = "RemoveTagsFromResource"
|
|
|
|
// RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest generates a request for the RemoveTagsFromResource operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRemoveTagsFromResource,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RemoveTagsFromResourceInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
output = &RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Removes metadata tags from an Amazon RDS resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// For an overview on tagging an Amazon RDS resource, see Tagging Amazon RDS
|
|
// Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.Tagging.html).
|
|
func (c *RDS) RemoveTagsFromResource(input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) (*RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opResetDBClusterParameterGroup = "ResetDBClusterParameterGroup"
|
|
|
|
// ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a request for the ResetDBClusterParameterGroup operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opResetDBClusterParameterGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Modifies the parameters of a DB cluster parameter group to the default value.
|
|
// To reset specific parameters submit a list of the following: ParameterName
|
|
// and ApplyMethod. To reset the entire DB cluster parameter group, specify
|
|
// the DBClusterParameterGroupName and ResetAllParameters parameters.
|
|
//
|
|
// When resetting the entire group, dynamic parameters are updated immediately
|
|
// and static parameters are set to pending-reboot to take effect on the next
|
|
// DB instance restart or RebootDBInstance request. You must call RebootDBInstance
|
|
// for every DB instance in your DB cluster that you want the updated static
|
|
// parameter to apply to.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
func (c *RDS) ResetDBClusterParameterGroup(input *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opResetDBParameterGroup = "ResetDBParameterGroup"
|
|
|
|
// ResetDBParameterGroupRequest generates a request for the ResetDBParameterGroup operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) ResetDBParameterGroupRequest(input *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DBParameterGroupNameMessage) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opResetDBParameterGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ResetDBParameterGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &DBParameterGroupNameMessage{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Modifies the parameters of a DB parameter group to the engine/system default
|
|
// value. To reset specific parameters submit a list of the following: ParameterName
|
|
// and ApplyMethod. To reset the entire DB parameter group, specify the DBParameterGroup
|
|
// name and ResetAllParameters parameters. When resetting the entire group,
|
|
// dynamic parameters are updated immediately and static parameters are set
|
|
// to pending-reboot to take effect on the next DB instance restart or RebootDBInstance
|
|
// request.
|
|
func (c *RDS) ResetDBParameterGroup(input *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) (*DBParameterGroupNameMessage, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ResetDBParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot = "RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot"
|
|
|
|
// RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest generates a request for the RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(input *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Creates a new DB cluster from a DB cluster snapshot. The target DB cluster
|
|
// is created from the source DB cluster restore point with the same configuration
|
|
// as the original source DB cluster, except that the new DB cluster is created
|
|
// with the default security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot(input *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) (*RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRestoreDBClusterToPointInTime = "RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime"
|
|
|
|
// RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest generates a request for the RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(input *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRestoreDBClusterToPointInTime,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Restores a DB cluster to an arbitrary point in time. Users can restore to
|
|
// any point in time before LatestRestorableTime for up to BackupRetentionPeriod
|
|
// days. The target DB cluster is created from the source DB cluster with the
|
|
// same configuration as the original DB cluster, except that the new DB cluster
|
|
// is created with the default DB security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime(input *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) (*RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot = "RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot"
|
|
|
|
// RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest generates a request for the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest(input *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Creates a new DB instance from a DB snapshot. The target database is created
|
|
// from the source database restore point with the most of original configuration,
|
|
// but in a system chosen availability zone with the default security group,
|
|
// the default subnet group, and the default DB parameter group. By default,
|
|
// the new DB instance is created as a single-AZ deployment except when the
|
|
// instance is a SQL Server instance that has an option group that is associated
|
|
// with mirroring; in this case, the instance becomes a mirrored AZ deployment
|
|
// and not a single-AZ deployment.
|
|
//
|
|
// If your intent is to replace your original DB instance with the new, restored
|
|
// DB instance, then rename your original DB instance before you call the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot
|
|
// action. RDS does not allow two DB instances with the same name. Once you
|
|
// have renamed your original DB instance with a different identifier, then
|
|
// you can pass the original name of the DB instance as the DBInstanceIdentifier
|
|
// in the call to the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot action. The result is
|
|
// that you will replace the original DB instance with the DB instance created
|
|
// from the snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you are restoring from a shared manual DB snapshot, the DBSnapshotIdentifier
|
|
// must be the ARN of the shared DB snapshot.
|
|
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot(input *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) (*RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime = "RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime"
|
|
|
|
// RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest generates a request for the RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest(input *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Restores a DB instance to an arbitrary point-in-time. Users can restore to
|
|
// any point in time before the LatestRestorableTime for up to BackupRetentionPeriod
|
|
// days. The target database is created with the most of original configuration,
|
|
// but in a system chosen availability zone with the default security group,
|
|
// the default subnet group, and the default DB parameter group. By default,
|
|
// the new DB instance is created as a single-AZ deployment except when the
|
|
// instance is a SQL Server instance that has an option group that is associated
|
|
// with mirroring; in this case, the instance becomes a mirrored deployment
|
|
// and not a single-AZ deployment.
|
|
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime(input *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) (*RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress = "RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress"
|
|
|
|
// RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest generates a request for the RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress operation.
|
|
func (c *RDS) RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) (req *request.Request, output *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
output = &RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput{}
|
|
req.Data = output
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Revokes ingress from a DBSecurityGroup for previously authorized IP ranges
|
|
// or EC2 or VPC Security Groups. Required parameters for this API are one of
|
|
// CIDRIP, EC2SecurityGroupId for VPC, or (EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either
|
|
// EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId).
|
|
func (c *RDS) RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress(input *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) (*RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input)
|
|
err := req.Send()
|
|
return out, err
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a quota for an AWS account, for example, the number of DB instances
|
|
// allowed.
|
|
type AccountQuota struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the Amazon RDS quota for this AWS account.
|
|
AccountQuotaName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum allowed value for the quota.
|
|
Max *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The amount currently used toward the quota maximum.
|
|
Used *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AccountQuota) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AccountQuota) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the event source to be added. An identifier must begin
|
|
// with a letter and must contain only ASCII letters, digits, and hyphens; it
|
|
// cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// If the source type is a DB instance, then a DBInstanceIdentifier must be
|
|
// supplied. If the source type is a DB security group, a DBSecurityGroupName
|
|
// must be supplied. If the source type is a DB parameter group, a DBParameterGroupName
|
|
// must be supplied. If the source type is a DB snapshot, a DBSnapshotIdentifier
|
|
// must be supplied.
|
|
SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to add a source
|
|
// identifier to.
|
|
SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions
|
|
// action.
|
|
EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type AddTagsToResourceInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon RDS resource the tags will be added to. This value is an Amazon
|
|
// Resource Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing
|
|
// an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html#USER_Tagging.ARN).
|
|
ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The tags to be assigned to the Amazon RDS resource.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AddTagsToResourceInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AddTagsToResourceInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type AddTagsToResourceOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AddTagsToResourceOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AddTagsToResourceOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The pending maintenance action to apply to this resource.
|
|
ApplyAction *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that specifies the type of opt-in request, or undoes an opt-in request.
|
|
// An opt-in request of type immediate cannot be undone.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values:
|
|
//
|
|
// immediate - Apply the maintenance action immediately. next-maintenance
|
|
// - Apply the maintenance action during the next maintenance window for the
|
|
// resource. undo-opt-in - Cancel any existing next-maintenance opt-in requests.
|
|
OptInType *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that the pending maintenance
|
|
// action applies to. For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing
|
|
// an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html#USER_Tagging.ARN).
|
|
ResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes the pending maintenance actions for a resource.
|
|
ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The IP range to authorize.
|
|
CIDRIP *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB security group to add authorization to.
|
|
DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Id of the EC2 security group to authorize. For VPC DB security groups, EC2SecurityGroupId
|
|
// must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName
|
|
// or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided.
|
|
EC2SecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Name of the EC2 security group to authorize. For VPC DB security groups,
|
|
// EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and
|
|
// either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided.
|
|
EC2SecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// AWS account number of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in the
|
|
// EC2SecurityGroupName parameter. The AWS Access Key ID is not an acceptable
|
|
// value. For VPC DB security groups, EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise,
|
|
// EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId
|
|
// must be provided.
|
|
EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
|
|
//
|
|
// DescribeDBSecurityGroups AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress CreateDBSecurityGroup
|
|
// RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress This data type is used as a response element
|
|
// in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups action.
|
|
DBSecurityGroup *DBSecurityGroup `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains Availability Zone information.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as an element in the following data type: OrderableDBInstanceOption
|
|
type AvailabilityZone struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the availability zone.
|
|
Name *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AvailabilityZone) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AvailabilityZone) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// A CA certificate for an AWS account.
|
|
type Certificate struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The unique key that identifies a certificate.
|
|
CertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of the certificate.
|
|
CertificateType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The thumbprint of the certificate.
|
|
Thumbprint *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The starting date from which the certificate is valid.
|
|
ValidFrom *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The final date that the certificate continues to be valid.
|
|
ValidTill *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Certificate) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Certificate) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the action DescribeDBEngineVersions.
|
|
type CharacterSet struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The description of the character set.
|
|
CharacterSetDescription *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the character set.
|
|
CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CharacterSet) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CharacterSet) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot to copy. This parameter is not
|
|
// case-sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens. First character
|
|
// must be a letter. Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
// Example: my-cluster-snapshot1
|
|
SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tags.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the new DB cluster snapshot to create from the source DB
|
|
// cluster snapshot. This parameter is not case-sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens. First character
|
|
// must be a letter. Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
// Example: my-cluster-snapshot2
|
|
TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
|
|
//
|
|
// CreateDBClusterSnapshot DeleteDBClusterSnapshot This data type is
|
|
// used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots action.
|
|
DBClusterSnapshot *DBClusterSnapshot `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CopyDBParameterGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier or ARN for the source DB parameter group. For information
|
|
// about creating an ARN, see Constructing an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN)
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html#USER_Tagging.ARN).
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must specify a valid DB parameter group. If the source DB parameter group
|
|
// is in the same region as the copy, specify a valid DB parameter group identifier,
|
|
// for example my-db-param-group, or a valid ARN. If the source DB parameter
|
|
// group is in a different region than the copy, specify a valid DB parameter
|
|
// group ARN, for example arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:pg:special-parameters.
|
|
SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tags.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A description for the copied DB parameter group.
|
|
TargetDBParameterGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier for the copied DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Cannot be null, empty, or blank Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric
|
|
// characters or hyphens First character must be a letter Cannot end with a
|
|
// hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens Example: my-db-parameter-group
|
|
TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyDBParameterGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CopyDBParameterGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the CreateDBParameterGroup
|
|
// action.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a request parameter in the DeleteDBParameterGroup
|
|
// action, and as a response element in the DescribeDBParameterGroups action.
|
|
DBParameterGroup *DBParameterGroup `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyDBParameterGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyDBParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CopyDBSnapshotInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// True to copy all tags from the source DB snapshot to the target DB snapshot;
|
|
// otherwise false. The default is false.
|
|
CopyTags *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier for the source DB snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you are copying from a shared manual DB snapshot, this must be the ARN
|
|
// of the shared DB snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must specify a valid system snapshot in the "available" state. If the source
|
|
// snapshot is in the same region as the copy, specify a valid DB snapshot identifier.
|
|
// If the source snapshot is in a different region than the copy, specify a
|
|
// valid DB snapshot ARN. For more information, go to Copying a DB Snapshot
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_CopySnapshot.html).
|
|
// Example: rds:mydb-2012-04-02-00-01
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: arn:aws:rds:rr-regn-1:123456789012:snapshot:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20130805
|
|
SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tags.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier for the copied snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Cannot be null, empty, or blank Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric
|
|
// characters or hyphens First character must be a letter Cannot end with a
|
|
// hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens Example: my-db-snapshot
|
|
TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyDBSnapshotInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyDBSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CopyDBSnapshotOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
|
|
//
|
|
// CreateDBSnapshot DeleteDBSnapshot This data type is used as a response
|
|
// element in the DescribeDBSnapshots action.
|
|
DBSnapshot *DBSnapshot `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyDBSnapshotOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyDBSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CopyOptionGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier or ARN for the source option group. For information about
|
|
// creating an ARN, see Constructing an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html#USER_Tagging.ARN).
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must specify a valid option group. If the source option group is in the
|
|
// same region as the copy, specify a valid option group identifier, for example
|
|
// my-option-group, or a valid ARN. If the source option group is in a different
|
|
// region than the copy, specify a valid option group ARN, for example arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:og:special-options.
|
|
SourceOptionGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tags.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The description for the copied option group.
|
|
TargetOptionGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier for the copied option group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Cannot be null, empty, or blank Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric
|
|
// characters or hyphens First character must be a letter Cannot end with a
|
|
// hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens Example: my-option-group
|
|
TargetOptionGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyOptionGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyOptionGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CopyOptionGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
OptionGroup *OptionGroup `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyOptionGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyOptionGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateDBClusterInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the DB cluster can be
|
|
// created in. For information on regions and Availability Zones, see Regions
|
|
// and Availability Zones (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.html).
|
|
AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of days for which automated backups are retained. You must specify
|
|
// a minimum value of 1.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 1
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be a value from 1 to 35
|
|
BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates that the DB cluster should be associated with the
|
|
// specified CharacterSet.
|
|
CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB cluster identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens. First character
|
|
// must be a letter. Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
// Example: my-cluster1
|
|
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with this DB cluster.
|
|
// If this argument is omitted, default.aurora5.6 for the specified engine will
|
|
// be used.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters First character must be a letter
|
|
// Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A DB subnet group to associate with this DB cluster.
|
|
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name for your database of up to 8 alpha-numeric characters. If you do
|
|
// not provide a name, Amazon RDS will not create a database in the DB cluster
|
|
// you are creating.
|
|
DatabaseName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the database engine to be used for this DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: aurora
|
|
Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The version number of the database engine to use.
|
|
//
|
|
// Aurora
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: 5.6.10a
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption
|
|
// key. If you are creating a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns
|
|
// the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use
|
|
// the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key.
|
|
//
|
|
// If the StorageEncrypted parameter is true, and you do not specify a value
|
|
// for the KmsKeyId parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption
|
|
// key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your
|
|
// AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS region.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The password for the master database user. This password can contain any
|
|
// printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@".
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
|
|
MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the master user for the client DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be 1 to 16 alphanumeric characters. First character must be a letter.
|
|
// Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine.
|
|
MasterUsername *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates that the DB cluster should be associated with the
|
|
// specified option group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Permanent options cannot be removed from an option group. The option group
|
|
// cannot be removed from a DB cluster once it is associated with a DB cluster.
|
|
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The port number on which the instances in the DB cluster accept connections.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 3306
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated
|
|
// backups are enabled using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time
|
|
// per region. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting the Preferred
|
|
// Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi. Times should be in Universal Coordinated
|
|
// Time (UTC). Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. Must
|
|
// be at least 30 minutes.
|
|
PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal
|
|
// Coordinated Time (UTC).
|
|
//
|
|
// Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time
|
|
// per region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see the time blocks
|
|
// available, see Adjusting the Preferred Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
|
|
PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies whether the DB cluster is encrypted.
|
|
StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tags.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB cluster.
|
|
VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBClusterInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBClusterInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateDBClusterOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
|
|
//
|
|
// CreateDBCluster DeleteDBCluster FailoverDBCluster ModifyDBCluster
|
|
// RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot This data type is used as a response element
|
|
// in the DescribeDBClusters action.
|
|
DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBClusterOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBClusterOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters First character must be a letter
|
|
// Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens This value is
|
|
// stored as a lowercase string.
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB cluster parameter group family name. A DB cluster parameter group
|
|
// can be associated with one and only one DB cluster parameter group family,
|
|
// and can be applied only to a DB cluster running a database engine and engine
|
|
// version compatible with that DB cluster parameter group family.
|
|
DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The description for the DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tags.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the CreateDBClusterParameterGroup
|
|
// action.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a request parameter in the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup
|
|
// action, and as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups
|
|
// action.
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroup *DBClusterParameterGroup `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the DB cluster to create a snapshot for. This parameter
|
|
// is not case-sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens. First character
|
|
// must be a letter. Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
// Example: my-cluster1
|
|
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot. This parameter is stored as a
|
|
// lowercase string.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens. First character
|
|
// must be a letter. Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
// Example: my-cluster1-snapshot1
|
|
DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The tags to be assigned to the DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
|
|
//
|
|
// CreateDBClusterSnapshot DeleteDBClusterSnapshot This data type is
|
|
// used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots action.
|
|
DBClusterSnapshot *DBClusterSnapshot `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateDBInstanceInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The amount of storage (in gigabytes) to be initially allocated for the database
|
|
// instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Type: Integer
|
|
//
|
|
// MySQL
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be an integer from 5 to 6144.
|
|
//
|
|
// MariaDB
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be an integer from 5 to 6144.
|
|
//
|
|
// PostgreSQL
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be an integer from 5 to 6144.
|
|
//
|
|
// Oracle
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be an integer from 10 to 6144.
|
|
//
|
|
// SQL Server
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be an integer from 200 to 4096 (Standard Edition and
|
|
// Enterprise Edition) or from 20 to 4096 (Express Edition and Web Edition)
|
|
AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates that minor engine upgrades will be applied automatically to the
|
|
// DB instance during the maintenance window.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: true
|
|
AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The EC2 Availability Zone that the database instance will be created in.
|
|
// For information on regions and Availability Zones, see Regions and Availability
|
|
// Zones (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's region.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: us-east-1d
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraint: The AvailabilityZone parameter cannot be specified if the MultiAZ
|
|
// parameter is set to true. The specified Availability Zone must be in the
|
|
// same region as the current endpoint.
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of days for which automated backups are retained. Setting this
|
|
// parameter to a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to
|
|
// 0 disables automated backups.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 1
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be a value from 0 to 35 Cannot be set to 0 if the DB instance is a
|
|
// source to Read Replicas
|
|
BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// For supported engines, indicates that the DB instance should be associated
|
|
// with the specified CharacterSet.
|
|
CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// True to copy all tags from the DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance;
|
|
// otherwise false. The default is false.
|
|
CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the DB cluster that the instance will belong to.
|
|
//
|
|
// For information on creating a DB cluster, see CreateDBCluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Type: String
|
|
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The compute and memory capacity of the DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: db.t1.micro | db.m1.small | db.m1.medium | db.m1.large |
|
|
// db.m1.xlarge | db.m2.xlarge |db.m2.2xlarge | db.m2.4xlarge | db.m3.medium
|
|
// | db.m3.large | db.m3.xlarge | db.m3.2xlarge | db.m4.large | db.m4.xlarge
|
|
// | db.m4.2xlarge | db.m4.4xlarge | db.m4.10xlarge | db.r3.large | db.r3.xlarge
|
|
// | db.r3.2xlarge | db.r3.4xlarge | db.r3.8xlarge | db.t2.micro | db.t2.small
|
|
// | db.t2.medium | db.t2.large
|
|
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens (1 to 15 for
|
|
// SQL Server). First character must be a letter. Cannot end with a hyphen or
|
|
// contain two consecutive hyphens. Example: mydbinstance
|
|
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The meaning of this parameter differs according to the database engine you
|
|
// use.
|
|
//
|
|
// Type: String
|
|
//
|
|
// MySQL
|
|
//
|
|
// The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If this
|
|
// parameter is not specified, no database is created in the DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must contain 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters Cannot be a word reserved
|
|
// by the specified database engine MariaDB
|
|
//
|
|
// The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If this
|
|
// parameter is not specified, no database is created in the DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must contain 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters Cannot be a word reserved
|
|
// by the specified database engine PostgreSQL
|
|
//
|
|
// The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If this
|
|
// parameter is not specified, the default "postgres" database is created in
|
|
// the DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must contain 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters Must begin with a letter or
|
|
// an underscore. Subsequent characters can be letters, underscores, or digits
|
|
// (0-9). Cannot be a word reserved by the specified database engine Oracle
|
|
//
|
|
// The Oracle System ID (SID) of the created DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: ORCL
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Cannot be longer than 8 characters SQL Server
|
|
//
|
|
// Not applicable. Must be null.
|
|
//
|
|
// Amazon Aurora
|
|
//
|
|
// The name of the database to create when the primary instance of the DB cluster
|
|
// is created. If this parameter is not specified, no database is created in
|
|
// the DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must contain 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters Cannot be a word reserved
|
|
// by the specified database engine
|
|
DBName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB parameter group to associate with this DB instance. If
|
|
// this argument is omitted, the default DBParameterGroup for the specified
|
|
// engine will be used.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters First character must be a letter
|
|
// Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of DB security groups to associate with this DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The default DB security group for the database engine.
|
|
DBSecurityGroups []*string `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroupName" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A DB subnet group to associate with this DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// If there is no DB subnet group, then it is a non-VPC DB instance.
|
|
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the database engine to be used for this instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: MySQL | mariadb | oracle-se1 | oracle-se | oracle-ee | sqlserver-ee
|
|
// | sqlserver-se | sqlserver-ex | sqlserver-web | postgres | aurora
|
|
//
|
|
// Not every database engine is available for every AWS region.
|
|
Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The version number of the database engine to use.
|
|
//
|
|
// The following are the database engines and major and minor versions that
|
|
// are available with Amazon RDS. Not every database engine is available for
|
|
// every AWS region.
|
|
//
|
|
// MySQL
|
|
//
|
|
// Version 5.1 (Only available in the following regions: ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1,
|
|
// ap-southeast-2, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-west-1, us-west-2): 5.1.73a | 5.1.73b
|
|
// Version 5.5 (Only available in the following regions: ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1,
|
|
// ap-southeast-2, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-west-1, us-west-2): 5.5.40 | 5.5.40a
|
|
// Version 5.5 (Available in all regions): 5.5.40b | 5.5.41 | 5.5.42 Version
|
|
// 5.6 (Available in all regions): 5.6.19a | 5.6.19b | 5.6.21 | 5.6.21b | 5.6.22
|
|
// | 5.6.23 MariaDB
|
|
//
|
|
// Version 10.0 (Available in all regions except AWS GovCloud (US) Region
|
|
// (us-gov-west-1)): 10.0.17 Oracle Database Enterprise Edition (oracle-ee)
|
|
//
|
|
// Version 11.2 (Only available in the following regions: ap-northeast-1,
|
|
// ap-southeast-1, ap-southeast-2, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-west-1, us-west-2):
|
|
// 11.2.0.2.v3 | 11.2.0.2.v4 | 11.2.0.2.v5 | 11.2.0.2.v6 | 11.2.0.2.v7 Version
|
|
// 11.2 (Available in all regions): 11.2.0.3.v1 | 11.2.0.3.v2 | 11.2.0.3.v3
|
|
// | 11.2.0.4.v1 | 11.2.0.4.v3 | 11.2.0.4.v4 Version 12.1 (Available in all
|
|
// regions): 12.1.0.1.v1 | 12.1.0.1.v2 | 12.1.0.2.v1 Oracle Database Standard
|
|
// Edition (oracle-se)
|
|
//
|
|
// Version 11.2 (Only available in the following regions: us-west-1): 11.2.0.2.v3
|
|
// | 11.2.0.2.v4 | 11.2.0.2.v5 | 11.2.0.2.v6 | 11.2.0.2.v7 Version 11.2 (Only
|
|
// available in the following regions: eu-central-1, us-west-1): 11.2.0.3.v1
|
|
// | 11.2.0.3.v2 | 11.2.0.3.v3 | 11.2.0.4.v1 | 11.2.0.4.v3 | 11.2.0.4.v4 Version
|
|
// 12.1 (Only available in the following regions: eu-central-1, us-west-1):
|
|
// 12.1.0.1.v1 | 12.1.0.1.v2 Oracle Database Standard Edition One (oracle-se1)
|
|
//
|
|
// Version 11.2 (Only available in the following regions: us-west-1): 11.2.0.2.v3
|
|
// | 11.2.0.2.v4 | 11.2.0.2.v5 | 11.2.0.2.v6 | 11.2.0.2.v7 Version 11.2 (Only
|
|
// available in the following regions: eu-central-1, us-west-1): 11.2.0.3.v1
|
|
// | 11.2.0.3.v2 | 11.2.0.3.v3 | 11.2.0.4.v1 | 11.2.0.4.v3 | 11.2.0.4.v4 Version
|
|
// 12.1 (Only available in the following regions: eu-central-1, us-west-1):
|
|
// 12.1.0.1.v1 | 12.1.0.1.v2 PostgreSQL
|
|
//
|
|
// Version 9.3 (Only available in the following regions: ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1,
|
|
// ap-southeast-2, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-west-1, us-west-2): 9.3.1 | 9.3.2
|
|
// Version 9.3 (Available in all regions): 9.3.3 | 9.3.5 | 9.3.6 | 9.3.9 |
|
|
// 9.3.10 Version 9.4 (Available in all regions): 9.4.1 | 9.4.4 | 9.4.5 Microsoft
|
|
// SQL Server Enterprise Edition (sqlserver-ee)
|
|
//
|
|
// Version 10.50 (Available in all regions): 10.50.2789.0.v1 Version 10.50
|
|
// (Available in all regions): 10.50.6000.34.v1 Version 11.00 (Available in
|
|
// all regions): 11.00.2100.60.v1 Version 11.00 (Available in all regions):
|
|
// 11.00.5058.0.v1 Microsoft SQL Server Express Edition (sqlserver-ex)
|
|
//
|
|
// Version 10.50 (Available in all regions): 10.50.2789.0.v1 Version 10.50
|
|
// (Available in all regions): 10.50.6000.34.v1 Version 11.00 (Available in
|
|
// all regions): 11.00.2100.60.v1 Version 11.00 (Available in all regions):
|
|
// 11.00.5058.0.v1 Version 12.00 (Available in all regions): 12.00.4422.0.v1
|
|
// Microsoft SQL Server Standard Edition (sqlserver-se)
|
|
//
|
|
// Version 10.50 (Available in all regions): 10.50.2789.0.v1 Version 10.50
|
|
// (Available in all regions): 10.50.6000.34.v1 Version 11.00 (Available in
|
|
// all regions): 11.00.2100.60.v1 Version 11.00 (Available in all regions):
|
|
// 11.00.5058.0.v1 Version 12.00 (Available in all regions): 12.00.4422.0.v1
|
|
// Microsoft SQL Server Web Edition (sqlserver-web)
|
|
//
|
|
// Version 10.50 (Available in all regions): 10.50.2789.0.v1 Version 10.50
|
|
// (Available in all regions): 10.50.6000.34.v1 Version 11.00 (Available in
|
|
// all regions): 11.00.2100.60.v1 Version 11.00 (Available in all regions):
|
|
// 11.00.5058.0.v1 Version 12.00 (Available in all regions): 12.00.4422.0.v1
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be
|
|
// initially allocated for the DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: To use PIOPS, this value must be an integer greater than 1000.
|
|
Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption
|
|
// key. If you are creating a DB instance with the same AWS account that owns
|
|
// the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB instance, then you can
|
|
// use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key.
|
|
//
|
|
// If the StorageEncrypted parameter is true, and you do not specify a value
|
|
// for the KmsKeyId parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption
|
|
// key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your
|
|
// AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS region.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// License model information for this DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license
|
|
LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The password for the master database user. Can be any printable ASCII character
|
|
// except "/", """, or "@".
|
|
//
|
|
// Type: String
|
|
//
|
|
// MySQL
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
|
|
//
|
|
// MariaDB
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
|
|
//
|
|
// Oracle
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 30 characters.
|
|
//
|
|
// SQL Server
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters.
|
|
//
|
|
// PostgreSQL
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters.
|
|
//
|
|
// Amazon Aurora
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
|
|
MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of master user for the client DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// MySQL
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be 1 to 16 alphanumeric characters. First character must be a letter.
|
|
// Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. MariaDB
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be 1 to 16 alphanumeric characters. Cannot be a reserved word for
|
|
// the chosen database engine. Type: String
|
|
//
|
|
// Oracle
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be 1 to 30 alphanumeric characters. First character must be a letter.
|
|
// Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. SQL Server
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be 1 to 128 alphanumeric characters. First character must be a letter.
|
|
// Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. PostgreSQL
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters. First character must be a letter.
|
|
// Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine.
|
|
MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics
|
|
// are collected for the DB instance. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring
|
|
// metrics, specify 0. The default is 60.
|
|
//
|
|
// If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, then you must also set MonitoringInterval
|
|
// to a value other than 0.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60
|
|
MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics
|
|
// to CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess.
|
|
// For information on creating a monitoring role, go to To create an IAM role
|
|
// for Amazon RDS Enhanced Monitoring (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.IAMRole).
|
|
//
|
|
// If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply
|
|
// a MonitoringRoleArn value.
|
|
MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. You cannot set the
|
|
// AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ parameter is set to true. Do not
|
|
// set this value if you want a Multi-AZ deployment for a SQL Server DB instance.
|
|
// Multi-AZ for SQL Server is set using the Mirroring option in an option group.
|
|
MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates that the DB instance should be associated with the specified option
|
|
// group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security
|
|
// TDE, cannot be removed from an option group, and that option group cannot
|
|
// be removed from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance
|
|
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The port number on which the database accepts connections.
|
|
//
|
|
// MySQL
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 3306
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 1150-65535
|
|
//
|
|
// Type: Integer
|
|
//
|
|
// MariaDB
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 3306
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 1150-65535
|
|
//
|
|
// Type: Integer
|
|
//
|
|
// PostgreSQL
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 5432
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 1150-65535
|
|
//
|
|
// Type: Integer
|
|
//
|
|
// Oracle
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 1521
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 1150-65535
|
|
//
|
|
// SQL Server
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 1433
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 1150-65535 except for 1434, 3389, 47001, 49152, and 49152
|
|
// through 49156.
|
|
//
|
|
// Amazon Aurora
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 3306
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 1150-65535
|
|
//
|
|
// Type: Integer
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated
|
|
// backups are enabled, using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. For more
|
|
// information, see DB Instance Backups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.BackingUpAndRestoringAmazonRDSInstances.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of
|
|
// time per region. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting the Preferred
|
|
// Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi. Times should be in Universal Coordinated
|
|
// Time (UTC). Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. Must
|
|
// be at least 30 minutes.
|
|
PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal
|
|
// Coordinated Time (UTC). For more information, see DB Instance Maintenance
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBMaintenance.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of
|
|
// time per region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see the time blocks
|
|
// available, see Adjusting the Preferred Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
|
|
PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true
|
|
// specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name,
|
|
// which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal
|
|
// instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been
|
|
// requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each case.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default VPC: true VPC: false If no DB subnet group has been specified
|
|
// as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not been set,
|
|
// the DB instance will be publicly accessible. If a specific DB subnet group
|
|
// has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value
|
|
// has not been set, the DB instance will be private.
|
|
PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies whether the DB instance is encrypted.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified; otherwise standard
|
|
StorageType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tags.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ARN from the Key Store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption.
|
|
TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The password for the given ARN from the Key Store in order to access the
|
|
// device.
|
|
TdeCredentialPassword *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The default EC2 VPC security group for the DB subnet group's VPC.
|
|
VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBInstanceInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBInstanceInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateDBInstanceOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
|
|
//
|
|
// CreateDBInstance DeleteDBInstance ModifyDBInstance This data type
|
|
// is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action.
|
|
DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBInstanceOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates that minor engine upgrades will be applied automatically to the
|
|
// Read Replica during the maintenance window.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Inherits from the source DB instance
|
|
AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon EC2 Availability Zone that the Read Replica will be created in.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's region.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: us-east-1d
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// True to copy all tags from the Read Replica to snapshots of the Read Replica;
|
|
// otherwise false. The default is false.
|
|
CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The compute and memory capacity of the Read Replica.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: db.m1.small | db.m1.medium | db.m1.large | db.m1.xlarge |
|
|
// db.m2.xlarge |db.m2.2xlarge | db.m2.4xlarge | db.m3.medium | db.m3.large
|
|
// | db.m3.xlarge | db.m3.2xlarge | db.m4.large | db.m4.xlarge | db.m4.2xlarge
|
|
// | db.m4.4xlarge | db.m4.10xlarge | db.r3.large | db.r3.xlarge | db.r3.2xlarge
|
|
// | db.r3.4xlarge | db.r3.8xlarge | db.t2.micro | db.t2.small | db.t2.medium
|
|
// | db.t2.large
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Inherits from the source DB instance.
|
|
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB instance identifier of the Read Replica. This identifier is the unique
|
|
// key that identifies a DB instance. This parameter is stored as a lowercase
|
|
// string.
|
|
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies a DB subnet group for the DB instance. The new DB instance will
|
|
// be created in the VPC associated with the DB subnet group. If no DB subnet
|
|
// group is specified, then the new DB instance is not created in a VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Can only be specified if the source DB instance identifier specifies a
|
|
// DB instance in another region. The specified DB subnet group must be in the
|
|
// same region in which the operation is running. All Read Replicas in one
|
|
// region that are created from the same source DB instance must either: Specify
|
|
// DB subnet groups from the same VPC. All these Read Replicas will be created
|
|
// in the same VPC.Not specify a DB subnet group. All these Read Replicas will
|
|
// be created outside of any VPC.
|
|
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be
|
|
// initially allocated for the DB instance.
|
|
Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics
|
|
// are collected for the Read Replica. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring
|
|
// metrics, specify 0. The default is 60.
|
|
//
|
|
// If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, then you must also set MonitoringInterval
|
|
// to a value other than 0.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60
|
|
MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics
|
|
// to CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess.
|
|
// For information on creating a monitoring role, go to To create an IAM role
|
|
// for Amazon RDS Enhanced Monitoring (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.IAMRole).
|
|
//
|
|
// If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply
|
|
// a MonitoringRoleArn value.
|
|
MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The option group the DB instance will be associated with. If omitted, the
|
|
// default option group for the engine specified will be used.
|
|
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The port number that the DB instance uses for connections.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Inherits from the source DB instance
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 1150-65535
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true
|
|
// specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name,
|
|
// which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal
|
|
// instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been
|
|
// requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each case.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default VPC:true VPC:false If no DB subnet group has been specified
|
|
// as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not been set,
|
|
// the DB instance will be publicly accessible. If a specific DB subnet group
|
|
// has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value
|
|
// has not been set, the DB instance will be private.
|
|
PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the DB instance that will act as the source for the Read
|
|
// Replica. Each DB instance can have up to five Read Replicas.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be the identifier of an existing MySQL, MariaDB, or PostgreSQL DB
|
|
// instance. Can specify a DB instance that is a MySQL Read Replica only if
|
|
// the source is running MySQL 5.6. Can specify a DB instance that is a PostgreSQL
|
|
// Read Replica only if the source is running PostgreSQL 9.3.5. The specified
|
|
// DB instance must have automatic backups enabled, its backup retention period
|
|
// must be greater than 0. If the source DB instance is in the same region as
|
|
// the Read Replica, specify a valid DB instance identifier. If the source DB
|
|
// instance is in a different region than the Read Replica, specify a valid
|
|
// DB instance ARN. For more information, go to Constructing a Amazon RDS Amazon
|
|
// Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html#USER_Tagging.ARN).
|
|
SourceDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the storage type to be associated with the Read Replica.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified; otherwise standard
|
|
StorageType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tags.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
|
|
//
|
|
// CreateDBInstance DeleteDBInstance ModifyDBInstance This data type
|
|
// is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action.
|
|
DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateDBParameterGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB parameter group family name. A DB parameter group can be associated
|
|
// with one and only one DB parameter group family, and can be applied only
|
|
// to a DB instance running a database engine and engine version compatible
|
|
// with that DB parameter group family.
|
|
DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters First character must be a letter
|
|
// Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens This value is
|
|
// stored as a lowercase string.
|
|
DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The description for the DB parameter group.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tags.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBParameterGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateDBParameterGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the CreateDBParameterGroup
|
|
// action.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a request parameter in the DeleteDBParameterGroup
|
|
// action, and as a response element in the DescribeDBParameterGroups action.
|
|
DBParameterGroup *DBParameterGroup `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBParameterGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateDBSecurityGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The description for the DB security group.
|
|
DBSecurityGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name for the DB security group. This value is stored as a lowercase string.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters First character must be a letter
|
|
// Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens Must not be "Default"
|
|
// Cannot contain spaces Example: mysecuritygroup
|
|
DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tags.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
|
|
//
|
|
// DescribeDBSecurityGroups AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress CreateDBSecurityGroup
|
|
// RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress This data type is used as a response element
|
|
// in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups action.
|
|
DBSecurityGroup *DBSecurityGroup `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateDBSnapshotInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB instance identifier. This is the unique key that identifies a DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First character
|
|
// must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier for the DB snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Cannot be null, empty, or blank Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric
|
|
// characters or hyphens First character must be a letter Cannot end with a
|
|
// hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens Example: my-snapshot-id
|
|
DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tags.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBSnapshotInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateDBSnapshotOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
|
|
//
|
|
// CreateDBSnapshot DeleteDBSnapshot This data type is used as a response
|
|
// element in the DescribeDBSnapshots action.
|
|
DBSnapshot *DBSnapshot `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBSnapshotOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateDBSubnetGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The description for the DB subnet group.
|
|
DBSubnetGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name for the DB subnet group. This value is stored as a lowercase string.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters, periods,
|
|
// underscores, or hyphens. Must not be default.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: mySubnetgroup
|
|
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The EC2 Subnet IDs for the DB subnet group.
|
|
SubnetIds []*string `locationNameList:"SubnetIdentifier" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tags.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
|
|
//
|
|
// CreateDBSubnetGroup ModifyDBSubnetGroup DescribeDBSubnetGroups DeleteDBSubnetGroup
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups
|
|
// action.
|
|
DBSubnetGroup *DBSubnetGroup `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateEventSubscriptionInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A Boolean value; set to true to activate the subscription, set to false to
|
|
// create the subscription but not active it.
|
|
Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of event categories for a SourceType that you want to subscribe to.
|
|
// You can see a list of the categories for a given SourceType in the Events
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.html)
|
|
// topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide or by using the DescribeEventCategories
|
|
// action.
|
|
EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic created for event notification.
|
|
// The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic and subscribe to
|
|
// it.
|
|
SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of identifiers of the event sources for which events will be returned.
|
|
// If not specified, then all sources are included in the response. An identifier
|
|
// must begin with a letter and must contain only ASCII letters, digits, and
|
|
// hyphens; it cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// If SourceIds are supplied, SourceType must also be provided. If the source
|
|
// type is a DB instance, then a DBInstanceIdentifier must be supplied. If the
|
|
// source type is a DB security group, a DBSecurityGroupName must be supplied.
|
|
// If the source type is a DB parameter group, a DBParameterGroupName must be
|
|
// supplied. If the source type is a DB snapshot, a DBSnapshotIdentifier must
|
|
// be supplied.
|
|
SourceIds []*string `locationNameList:"SourceId" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of source that will be generating the events. For example, if you
|
|
// want to be notified of events generated by a DB instance, you would set this
|
|
// parameter to db-instance. if this value is not specified, all events are
|
|
// returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: db-instance | db-parameter-group | db-security-group | db-snapshot
|
|
SourceType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the subscription.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: The name must be less than 255 characters.
|
|
SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tags.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateEventSubscriptionInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateEventSubscriptionInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateEventSubscriptionOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions
|
|
// action.
|
|
EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateOptionGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the engine that this option group should be associated
|
|
// with.
|
|
EngineName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the major version of the engine that this option group should be
|
|
// associated with.
|
|
MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The description of the option group.
|
|
OptionGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the option group to be created.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First character must
|
|
// be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
// Example: myoptiongroup
|
|
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tags.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateOptionGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateOptionGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateOptionGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
OptionGroup *OptionGroup `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateOptionGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateOptionGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
|
|
//
|
|
// CreateDBCluster DeleteDBCluster FailoverDBCluster ModifyDBCluster
|
|
// RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot This data type is used as a response element
|
|
// in the DescribeDBClusters action.
|
|
type DBCluster struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the allocated storage size in gigabytes (GB).
|
|
AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the DB cluster
|
|
// can be created in.
|
|
AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the number of days for which automatic DB snapshots are retained.
|
|
BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// If present, specifies the name of the character set that this cluster is
|
|
// associated with.
|
|
CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains a user-supplied DB cluster identifier. This identifier is the unique
|
|
// key that identifies a DB cluster.
|
|
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the list of instances that make up the DB cluster.
|
|
DBClusterMembers []*DBClusterMember `locationNameList:"DBClusterMember" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the list of option group memberships for this DB cluster.
|
|
DBClusterOptionGroupMemberships []*DBClusterOptionGroupStatus `locationNameList:"DBClusterOptionGroup" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the DB cluster parameter group for the DB cluster.
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroup *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies information on the subnet group associated with the DB cluster,
|
|
// including the name, description, and subnets in the subnet group.
|
|
DBSubnetGroup *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the name of the initial database of this DB cluster that was provided
|
|
// at create time, if one was specified when the DB cluster was created. This
|
|
// same name is returned for the life of the DB cluster.
|
|
DatabaseName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// If StorageEncrypted is true, the region-unique, immutable identifier for
|
|
// the encrypted DB cluster. This identifier is found in AWS CloudTrail log
|
|
// entries whenever the KMS key for the DB cluster is accessed.
|
|
DbClusterResourceId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the earliest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time
|
|
// restore.
|
|
EarliestRestorableTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the connection endpoint for the primary instance of the DB cluster.
|
|
Endpoint *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the name of the database engine to be used for this DB cluster.
|
|
Engine *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates the database engine version.
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the ID that Amazon Route 53 assigns when you create a hosted zone.
|
|
HostedZoneId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// If StorageEncrypted is true, the KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB
|
|
// cluster.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the latest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time
|
|
// restore.
|
|
LatestRestorableTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the master username for the DB cluster.
|
|
MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the progress of the operation as a percentage.
|
|
PercentProgress *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the port that the database engine is listening on.
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the daily time range during which automated backups are created
|
|
// if automated backups are enabled, as determined by the BackupRetentionPeriod.
|
|
PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur,
|
|
// in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
|
|
PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the current state of this DB cluster.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies whether the DB cluster is encrypted.
|
|
StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides a list of VPC security groups that the DB cluster belongs to.
|
|
VpcSecurityGroups []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupMembership" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBCluster) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBCluster) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains information about an instance that is part of a DB cluster.
|
|
type DBClusterMember struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the status of the DB cluster parameter group for this member of
|
|
// the DB cluster.
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroupStatus *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the instance identifier for this member of the DB cluster.
|
|
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Value that is true if the cluster member is the primary instance for the
|
|
// DB cluster and false otherwise.
|
|
IsClusterWriter *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBClusterMember) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBClusterMember) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains status information for a DB cluster option group.
|
|
type DBClusterOptionGroupStatus struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the DB cluster option group.
|
|
DBClusterOptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the status of the DB cluster option group.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the CreateDBClusterParameterGroup
|
|
// action.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a request parameter in the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup
|
|
// action, and as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups
|
|
// action.
|
|
type DBClusterParameterGroup struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the name of the DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the name of the DB parameter group family that this DB cluster parameter
|
|
// group is compatible with.
|
|
DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the customer-specified description for this DB cluster parameter
|
|
// group.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBClusterParameterGroup) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBClusterParameterGroup) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters First character must be a letter
|
|
// Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens This value is
|
|
// stored as a lowercase string.
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
|
|
//
|
|
// CreateDBClusterSnapshot DeleteDBClusterSnapshot This data type is
|
|
// used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots action.
|
|
type DBClusterSnapshot struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the allocated storage size in gigabytes (GB).
|
|
AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the DB cluster
|
|
// snapshot can be restored in.
|
|
AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the time when the DB cluster was created, in Universal Coordinated
|
|
// Time (UTC).
|
|
ClusterCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster that this DB cluster
|
|
// snapshot was created from.
|
|
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the identifier for the DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the database engine.
|
|
Engine *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the version of the database engine for this DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// If StorageEncrypted is true, the KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB
|
|
// cluster snapshot.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the license model information for this DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the master username for the DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the percentage of the estimated data that has been transferred.
|
|
PercentProgress *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the port that the DB cluster was listening on at the time of the
|
|
// snapshot.
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the time when the snapshot was taken, in Universal Coordinated Time
|
|
// (UTC).
|
|
SnapshotCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the type of the DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
SnapshotType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the status of this DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies whether the DB cluster snapshot is encrypted.
|
|
StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the VPC ID associated with the DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
VpcId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBClusterSnapshot) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBClusterSnapshot) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the action DescribeDBEngineVersions.
|
|
type DBEngineVersion struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The description of the database engine.
|
|
DBEngineDescription *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The description of the database engine version.
|
|
DBEngineVersionDescription *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB parameter group family for the database engine.
|
|
DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The default character set for new instances of this engine version, if the
|
|
// CharacterSetName parameter of the CreateDBInstance API is not specified.
|
|
DefaultCharacterSet *CharacterSet `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the database engine.
|
|
Engine *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The version number of the database engine.
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of the character sets supported by this engine for the CharacterSetName
|
|
// parameter of the CreateDBInstance API.
|
|
SupportedCharacterSets []*CharacterSet `locationNameList:"CharacterSet" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of engine versions that this database engine version can be upgraded
|
|
// to.
|
|
ValidUpgradeTarget []*UpgradeTarget `locationNameList:"UpgradeTarget" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBEngineVersion) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBEngineVersion) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
|
|
//
|
|
// CreateDBInstance DeleteDBInstance ModifyDBInstance This data type
|
|
// is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action.
|
|
type DBInstance struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the allocated storage size specified in gigabytes.
|
|
AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates that minor version patches are applied automatically.
|
|
AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the Availability Zone the DB instance is located in.
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the number of days for which automatic DB snapshots are retained.
|
|
BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the CA certificate for this DB instance.
|
|
CACertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// If present, specifies the name of the character set that this instance is
|
|
// associated with.
|
|
CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies whether tags are copied from the DB instance to snapshots of the
|
|
// DB instance.
|
|
CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// If the DB instance is a member of a DB cluster, contains the name of the
|
|
// DB cluster that the DB instance is a member of.
|
|
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the name of the compute and memory capacity class of the DB instance.
|
|
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains a user-supplied database identifier. This identifier is the unique
|
|
// key that identifies a DB instance.
|
|
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the current state of this database.
|
|
DBInstanceStatus *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The meaning of this parameter differs according to the database engine you
|
|
// use. For example, this value returns MySQL, MariaDB, or PostgreSQL information
|
|
// when returning values from CreateDBInstanceReadReplica since Read Replicas
|
|
// are only supported for these engines.
|
|
//
|
|
// MySQL, MariaDB, SQL Server, PostgreSQL, Amazon Aurora
|
|
//
|
|
// Contains the name of the initial database of this instance that was provided
|
|
// at create time, if one was specified when the DB instance was created. This
|
|
// same name is returned for the life of the DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Type: String
|
|
//
|
|
// Oracle
|
|
//
|
|
// Contains the Oracle System ID (SID) of the created DB instance. Not shown
|
|
// when the returned parameters do not apply to an Oracle DB instance.
|
|
DBName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the list of DB parameter groups applied to this DB instance.
|
|
DBParameterGroups []*DBParameterGroupStatus `locationNameList:"DBParameterGroup" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides List of DB security group elements containing only DBSecurityGroup.Name
|
|
// and DBSecurityGroup.Status subelements.
|
|
DBSecurityGroups []*DBSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroup" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies information on the subnet group associated with the DB instance,
|
|
// including the name, description, and subnets in the subnet group.
|
|
DBSubnetGroup *DBSubnetGroup `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the port that the DB instance listens on. If the DB instance is
|
|
// part of a DB cluster, this can be a different port than the DB cluster port.
|
|
DbInstancePort *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// If StorageEncrypted is true, the region-unique, immutable identifier for
|
|
// the encrypted DB instance. This identifier is found in AWS CloudTrail log
|
|
// entries whenever the KMS key for the DB instance is accessed.
|
|
DbiResourceId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the connection endpoint.
|
|
Endpoint *Endpoint `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the name of the database engine to be used for this DB instance.
|
|
Engine *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates the database engine version.
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon CloudWatch Logs log stream that
|
|
// receives the Enhanced Monitoring metrics data for the DB instance.
|
|
EnhancedMonitoringResourceArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the date and time the DB instance was created.
|
|
InstanceCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value.
|
|
Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// If StorageEncrypted is true, the KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB
|
|
// instance.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the latest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time
|
|
// restore.
|
|
LatestRestorableTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// License model information for this DB instance.
|
|
LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the master username for the DB instance.
|
|
MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics
|
|
// are collected for the DB instance.
|
|
MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics
|
|
// to CloudWatch Logs.
|
|
MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment.
|
|
MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the list of option group memberships for this DB instance.
|
|
OptionGroupMemberships []*OptionGroupMembership `locationNameList:"OptionGroupMembership" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies that changes to the DB instance are pending. This element is only
|
|
// included when changes are pending. Specific changes are identified by subelements.
|
|
PendingModifiedValues *PendingModifiedValues `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the daily time range during which automated backups are created
|
|
// if automated backups are enabled, as determined by the BackupRetentionPeriod.
|
|
PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur,
|
|
// in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
|
|
PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true
|
|
// specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name,
|
|
// which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal
|
|
// instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been
|
|
// requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each case.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default VPC:true VPC:false If no DB subnet group has been specified
|
|
// as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not been set,
|
|
// the DB instance will be publicly accessible. If a specific DB subnet group
|
|
// has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value
|
|
// has not been set, the DB instance will be private.
|
|
PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains one or more identifiers of the Read Replicas associated with this
|
|
// DB instance.
|
|
ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers []*string `locationNameList:"ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifier" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the identifier of the source DB instance if this DB instance is
|
|
// a Read Replica.
|
|
ReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// If present, specifies the name of the secondary Availability Zone for a DB
|
|
// instance with multi-AZ support.
|
|
SecondaryAvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of a Read Replica. If the instance is not a Read Replica, this
|
|
// will be blank.
|
|
StatusInfos []*DBInstanceStatusInfo `locationNameList:"DBInstanceStatusInfo" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies whether the DB instance is encrypted.
|
|
StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the storage type associated with DB instance.
|
|
StorageType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ARN from the Key Store with which the instance is associated for TDE
|
|
// encryption.
|
|
TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides List of VPC security group elements that the DB instance belongs
|
|
// to.
|
|
VpcSecurityGroups []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupMembership" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBInstance) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBInstance) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Provides a list of status information for a DB instance.
|
|
type DBInstanceStatusInfo struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Details of the error if there is an error for the instance. If the instance
|
|
// is not in an error state, this value is blank.
|
|
Message *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Boolean value that is true if the instance is operating normally, or false
|
|
// if the instance is in an error state.
|
|
Normal *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Status of the DB instance. For a StatusType of read replica, the values can
|
|
// be replicating, error, stopped, or terminated.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// This value is currently "read replication."
|
|
StatusType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBInstanceStatusInfo) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBInstanceStatusInfo) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the CreateDBParameterGroup
|
|
// action.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a request parameter in the DeleteDBParameterGroup
|
|
// action, and as a response element in the DescribeDBParameterGroups action.
|
|
type DBParameterGroup struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the name of the DB parameter group family that this DB parameter
|
|
// group is compatible with.
|
|
DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the name of the DB parameter group.
|
|
DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the customer-specified description for this DB parameter group.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBParameterGroup) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBParameterGroup) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the ModifyDBParameterGroup
|
|
// or ResetDBParameterGroup action.
|
|
type DBParameterGroupNameMessage struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the name of the DB parameter group.
|
|
DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBParameterGroupNameMessage) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBParameterGroupNameMessage) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The status of the DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the following actions:
|
|
//
|
|
// CreateDBInstance CreateDBInstanceReadReplica DeleteDBInstance ModifyDBInstance
|
|
// RebootDBInstance RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot
|
|
type DBParameterGroupStatus struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DP parameter group.
|
|
DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of parameter updates.
|
|
ParameterApplyStatus *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBParameterGroupStatus) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBParameterGroupStatus) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
|
|
//
|
|
// DescribeDBSecurityGroups AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress CreateDBSecurityGroup
|
|
// RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress This data type is used as a response element
|
|
// in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups action.
|
|
type DBSecurityGroup struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the description of the DB security group.
|
|
DBSecurityGroupDescription *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the DB security group.
|
|
DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains a list of EC2SecurityGroup elements.
|
|
EC2SecurityGroups []*EC2SecurityGroup `locationNameList:"EC2SecurityGroup" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains a list of IPRange elements.
|
|
IPRanges []*IPRange `locationNameList:"IPRange" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the AWS ID of the owner of a specific DB security group.
|
|
OwnerId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the VpcId of the DB security group.
|
|
VpcId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBSecurityGroup) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBSecurityGroup) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the following actions:
|
|
//
|
|
// ModifyDBInstance RebootDBInstance RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot
|
|
// RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime
|
|
type DBSecurityGroupMembership struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB security group.
|
|
DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the DB security group.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBSecurityGroupMembership) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBSecurityGroupMembership) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
|
|
//
|
|
// CreateDBSnapshot DeleteDBSnapshot This data type is used as a response
|
|
// element in the DescribeDBSnapshots action.
|
|
type DBSnapshot struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the allocated storage size in gigabytes (GB).
|
|
AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the Availability Zone the DB instance was located in
|
|
// at the time of the DB snapshot.
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the DB instance identifier of the DB instance this DB snapshot
|
|
// was created from.
|
|
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the identifier for the DB snapshot.
|
|
DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies whether the DB snapshot is encrypted.
|
|
Encrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the database engine.
|
|
Engine *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the version of the database engine.
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the time when the snapshot was taken, in Universal Coordinated
|
|
// Time (UTC).
|
|
InstanceCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value of the DB
|
|
// instance at the time of the snapshot.
|
|
Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// If Encrypted is true, the KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB snapshot.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// License model information for the restored DB instance.
|
|
LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the master username for the DB snapshot.
|
|
MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the option group name for the DB snapshot.
|
|
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The percentage of the estimated data that has been transferred.
|
|
PercentProgress *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the port that the database engine was listening on at the time
|
|
// of the snapshot.
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the time when the snapshot was taken, in Universal Coordinated Time
|
|
// (UTC).
|
|
SnapshotCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the type of the DB snapshot.
|
|
SnapshotType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB snapshot Arn that the DB snapshot was copied from. It only has value
|
|
// in case of cross customer or cross region copy.
|
|
SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The region that the DB snapshot was created in or copied from.
|
|
SourceRegion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the status of this DB snapshot.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the storage type associated with DB Snapshot.
|
|
StorageType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ARN from the Key Store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption.
|
|
TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the VPC ID associated with the DB snapshot.
|
|
VpcId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBSnapshot) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBSnapshot) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the name and values of a manual DB snapshot attribute
|
|
//
|
|
// Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to
|
|
// restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute
|
|
// API.
|
|
type DBSnapshotAttribute struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the manual DB snapshot attribute.
|
|
//
|
|
// An attribute name of restore applies to the list of AWS accounts that have
|
|
// permission to copy or restore the manual DB snapshot.
|
|
AttributeName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The value(s) for the manual DB snapshot attribute.
|
|
//
|
|
// If the AttributeName field is restore, then this field returns a list of
|
|
// AWS account ids that are authorized to copy or restore the manual DB snapshot.
|
|
// If a value of all is in the list, then the manual DB snapshot is public and
|
|
// available for any AWS account to copy or restore.
|
|
AttributeValues []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBSnapshotAttribute) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBSnapshotAttribute) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes
|
|
// API.
|
|
//
|
|
// Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to
|
|
// copy or restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute
|
|
// API.
|
|
type DBSnapshotAttributesResult struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of attributes and values for the manual DB snapshot.
|
|
DBSnapshotAttributes []*DBSnapshotAttribute `locationNameList:"DBSnapshotAttribute" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the manual DB snapshot that the attributes apply to.
|
|
DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBSnapshotAttributesResult) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBSnapshotAttributesResult) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
|
|
//
|
|
// CreateDBSubnetGroup ModifyDBSubnetGroup DescribeDBSubnetGroups DeleteDBSubnetGroup
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups
|
|
// action.
|
|
type DBSubnetGroup struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the description of the DB subnet group.
|
|
DBSubnetGroupDescription *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the DB subnet group.
|
|
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the status of the DB subnet group.
|
|
SubnetGroupStatus *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains a list of Subnet elements.
|
|
Subnets []*Subnet `locationNameList:"Subnet" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the VpcId of the DB subnet group.
|
|
VpcId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBSubnetGroup) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBSubnetGroup) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteDBClusterInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB cluster identifier for the DB cluster to be deleted. This parameter
|
|
// isn't case-sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First character
|
|
// must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB cluster snapshot identifier of the new DB cluster snapshot created
|
|
// when SkipFinalSnapshot is set to false.
|
|
//
|
|
// Specifying this parameter and also setting the SkipFinalShapshot parameter
|
|
// to true results in an error. Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters First character must be a letter
|
|
// Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Determines whether a final DB cluster snapshot is created before the DB cluster
|
|
// is deleted. If true is specified, no DB cluster snapshot is created. If false
|
|
// is specified, a DB cluster snapshot is created before the DB cluster is deleted.
|
|
//
|
|
// You must specify a FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier parameter if SkipFinalSnapshot
|
|
// is false. Default: false
|
|
SkipFinalSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBClusterInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBClusterInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteDBClusterOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
|
|
//
|
|
// CreateDBCluster DeleteDBCluster FailoverDBCluster ModifyDBCluster
|
|
// RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot This data type is used as a response element
|
|
// in the DescribeDBClusters action.
|
|
DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBClusterOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBClusterOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be the name of an existing DB cluster parameter group. You cannot
|
|
// delete a default DB cluster parameter group. Cannot be associated with any
|
|
// DB clusters.
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot to delete.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be the name of an existing DB cluster snapshot in the
|
|
// available state.
|
|
DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
|
|
//
|
|
// CreateDBClusterSnapshot DeleteDBClusterSnapshot This data type is
|
|
// used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots action.
|
|
DBClusterSnapshot *DBClusterSnapshot `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteDBInstanceInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB instance identifier for the DB instance to be deleted. This parameter
|
|
// isn't case-sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First character
|
|
// must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The DBSnapshotIdentifier of the new DBSnapshot created when SkipFinalSnapshot
|
|
// is set to false.
|
|
//
|
|
// Specifying this parameter and also setting the SkipFinalShapshot parameter
|
|
// to true results in an error. Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters First character must be a letter
|
|
// Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens Cannot be specified
|
|
// when deleting a Read Replica.
|
|
FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Determines whether a final DB snapshot is created before the DB instance
|
|
// is deleted. If true is specified, no DBSnapshot is created. If false is specified,
|
|
// a DB snapshot is created before the DB instance is deleted.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note that when a DB instance is in a failure state and has a status of 'failed',
|
|
// 'incompatible-restore', or 'incompatible-network', it can only be deleted
|
|
// when the SkipFinalSnapshot parameter is set to "true".
|
|
//
|
|
// Specify true when deleting a Read Replica.
|
|
//
|
|
// The FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier parameter must be specified if SkipFinalSnapshot
|
|
// is false. Default: false
|
|
SkipFinalSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBInstanceInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBInstanceInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteDBInstanceOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
|
|
//
|
|
// CreateDBInstance DeleteDBInstance ModifyDBInstance This data type
|
|
// is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action.
|
|
DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBInstanceOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteDBParameterGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be the name of an existing DB parameter group You cannot delete a
|
|
// default DB parameter group Cannot be associated with any DB instances
|
|
DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB security group to delete.
|
|
//
|
|
// You cannot delete the default DB security group. Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters First character must be a letter
|
|
// Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens Must not be "Default"
|
|
// Cannot contain spaces
|
|
DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteDBSnapshotInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The DBSnapshot identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be the name of an existing DB snapshot in the available
|
|
// state.
|
|
DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBSnapshotInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteDBSnapshotOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
|
|
//
|
|
// CreateDBSnapshot DeleteDBSnapshot This data type is used as a response
|
|
// element in the DescribeDBSnapshots action.
|
|
DBSnapshot *DBSnapshot `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBSnapshotOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the database subnet group to delete.
|
|
//
|
|
// You cannot delete the default subnet group. Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters First character must be a letter
|
|
// Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteEventSubscriptionInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to delete.
|
|
SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions
|
|
// action.
|
|
EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteOptionGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the option group to be deleted.
|
|
//
|
|
// You cannot delete default option groups.
|
|
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteOptionGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteOptionGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteOptionGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteOptionGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteOptionGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeAccountAttributesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeAccountAttributesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeAccountAttributesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Data returned by the DescribeAccountAttributes action.
|
|
type DescribeAccountAttributesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of AccountQuota objects. Within this list, each quota has a name,
|
|
// a count of usage toward the quota maximum, and a maximum value for the quota.
|
|
AccountQuotas []*AccountQuota `locationNameList:"AccountQuota" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeAccountAttributesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeAccountAttributesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeCertificatesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The user-supplied certificate identifier. If this parameter is specified,
|
|
// information for only the identified certificate is returned. This parameter
|
|
// isn't case-sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First character
|
|
// must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
CertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeCertificates
|
|
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
|
|
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeCertificatesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeCertificatesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Data returned by the DescribeCertificates action.
|
|
type DescribeCertificatesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of Certificate objects for the AWS account.
|
|
Certificates []*Certificate `locationNameList:"Certificate" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeCertificates
|
|
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
|
|
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords .
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeCertificatesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeCertificatesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of a specific DB cluster parameter group to return details for.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters First character must be a letter
|
|
// Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups
|
|
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
|
|
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of DB cluster parameter groups.
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroups []*DBClusterParameterGroup `locationNameList:"DBClusterParameterGroup" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups
|
|
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
|
|
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeDBClusterParametersInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of a specific DB cluster parameter group to return parameter details
|
|
// for.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters First character must be a letter
|
|
// Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameters
|
|
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
|
|
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates to return only parameters for a specific source. Parameter
|
|
// sources can be engine, service, or customer.
|
|
Source *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Provides details about a DB cluster parameter group including the parameters
|
|
// in the DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
type DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameters
|
|
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
|
|
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords .
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides a list of parameters for the DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A DB cluster identifier to retrieve the list of DB cluster snapshots for.
|
|
// This parameter cannot be used in conjunction with the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier
|
|
// parameter. This parameter is not case-sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First character
|
|
// must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A specific DB cluster snapshot identifier to describe. This parameter cannot
|
|
// be used in conjunction with the DBClusterIdentifier parameter. This value
|
|
// is stored as a lowercase string.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters First character must be a letter
|
|
// Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens If this is the
|
|
// identifier of an automated snapshot, the SnapshotType parameter must also
|
|
// be specified.
|
|
DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterSnapshots
|
|
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
|
|
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of DB cluster snapshots that will be returned. Values can be automated
|
|
// or manual. If this parameter is not specified, the returned results will
|
|
// include all snapshot types.
|
|
SnapshotType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Provides a list of DB cluster snapshots for the user as the result of a call
|
|
// to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots action.
|
|
type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides a list of DB cluster snapshots for the user.
|
|
DBClusterSnapshots []*DBClusterSnapshot `locationNameList:"DBClusterSnapshot" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterSnapshots
|
|
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
|
|
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeDBClustersInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The user-supplied DB cluster identifier. If this parameter is specified,
|
|
// information from only the specific DB cluster is returned. This parameter
|
|
// isn't case-sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First character
|
|
// must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusters request.
|
|
// If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond
|
|
// the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClustersInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClustersInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBClusters
|
|
// action.
|
|
type DescribeDBClustersOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains a list of DB clusters for the user.
|
|
DBClusters []*DBCluster `locationNameList:"DBCluster" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent DescribeDBClusters request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClustersOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClustersOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of a specific DB parameter group family to return details for.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters First character must be a letter
|
|
// Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates that only the default version of the specified engine or engine
|
|
// and major version combination is returned.
|
|
DefaultOnly *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The database engine to return.
|
|
Engine *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The database engine version to return.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: 5.1.49
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// If this parameter is specified, and if the requested engine supports the
|
|
// CharacterSetName parameter for CreateDBInstance, the response includes a
|
|
// list of supported character sets for each engine version.
|
|
ListSupportedCharacterSets *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than the
|
|
// MaxRecords value is available, a pagination token called a marker is included
|
|
// in the response so that the following results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBEngineVersions
|
|
// action.
|
|
type DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of DBEngineVersion elements.
|
|
DBEngineVersions []*DBEngineVersion `locationNameList:"DBEngineVersion" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeDBInstancesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The user-supplied instance identifier. If this parameter is specified, information
|
|
// from only the specific DB instance is returned. This parameter isn't case-sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First character
|
|
// must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBInstances request.
|
|
// If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond
|
|
// the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBInstancesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBInstancesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBInstances
|
|
// action.
|
|
type DescribeDBInstancesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of DBInstance instances.
|
|
DBInstances []*DBInstance `locationNameList:"DBInstance" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords .
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBInstancesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBInstancesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element to DescribeDBLogFiles.
|
|
type DescribeDBLogFilesDetails struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A POSIX timestamp when the last log entry was written.
|
|
LastWritten *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the log file for the specified DB instance.
|
|
LogFileName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The size, in bytes, of the log file for the specified DB instance.
|
|
Size *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeDBLogFilesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The customer-assigned name of the DB instance that contains the log files
|
|
// you want to list.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First character
|
|
// must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Filters the available log files for files written since the specified date,
|
|
// in POSIX timestamp format with milliseconds.
|
|
FileLastWritten *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// Filters the available log files for files larger than the specified size.
|
|
FileSize *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// Filters the available log files for log file names that contain the specified
|
|
// string.
|
|
FilenameContains *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The pagination token provided in the previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBLogFilesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBLogFilesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The response from a call to DescribeDBLogFiles.
|
|
type DescribeDBLogFilesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB log files returned.
|
|
DescribeDBLogFiles []*DescribeDBLogFilesDetails `locationNameList:"DescribeDBLogFilesDetails" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent DescribeDBLogFiles request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBLogFilesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBLogFilesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of a specific DB parameter group to return details for.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters First character must be a letter
|
|
// Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBParameterGroups
|
|
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
|
|
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBParameterGroups
|
|
// action.
|
|
type DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of DBParameterGroup instances.
|
|
DBParameterGroups []*DBParameterGroup `locationNameList:"DBParameterGroup" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeDBParametersInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of a specific DB parameter group to return details for.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters First character must be a letter
|
|
// Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBParameters
|
|
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
|
|
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The parameter types to return.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: All parameter types returned
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: user | system | engine-default
|
|
Source *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBParametersInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBParametersInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBParameters
|
|
// action.
|
|
type DescribeDBParametersOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of Parameter values.
|
|
Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBParametersOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBParametersOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB security group to return details for.
|
|
DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBSecurityGroups
|
|
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
|
|
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBSecurityGroups
|
|
// action.
|
|
type DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of DBSecurityGroup instances.
|
|
DBSecurityGroups []*DBSecurityGroup `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroup" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier for the DB snapshot to modify the attributes for.
|
|
DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes
|
|
// API.
|
|
//
|
|
// Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to
|
|
// copy or restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute
|
|
// API.
|
|
DBSnapshotAttributesResult *DBSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeDBSnapshotsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A DB instance identifier to retrieve the list of DB snapshots for. This parameter
|
|
// cannot be used in conjunction with DBSnapshotIdentifier. This parameter is
|
|
// not case-sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First character
|
|
// must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A specific DB snapshot identifier to describe. This parameter cannot be used
|
|
// in conjunction with DBInstanceIdentifier. This value is stored as a lowercase
|
|
// string.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters. First character must be a letter.
|
|
// Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. If this is the
|
|
// identifier of an automated snapshot, the SnapshotType parameter must also
|
|
// be specified.
|
|
DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// True to include manual DB snapshots that are public and can be copied or
|
|
// restored by any AWS account; otherwise false. The default is false.
|
|
//
|
|
// An manual DB snapshot is shared as public by the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute
|
|
// API.
|
|
IncludePublic *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// True to include shared manual DB snapshots from other AWS accounts that this
|
|
// AWS account has been given permission to copy or restore; otherwise false.
|
|
// The default is false.
|
|
//
|
|
// An AWS account is given permission to restore a manual DB snapshot from
|
|
// another AWS account by the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute API.
|
|
IncludeShared *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBSnapshots request.
|
|
// If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond
|
|
// the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of snapshots that will be returned. You can specify one of the following
|
|
// values:
|
|
//
|
|
// automated - Return all DB snapshots that have been automatically taken
|
|
// by Amazon RDS for my AWS account. manual - Return all DB snapshots that have
|
|
// been taken by my AWS account. shared - Return all manual DB snapshots that
|
|
// have been shared to my AWS account. public - Return all DB snapshots that
|
|
// have been marked as public. If you do not specify a SnapshotType, then both
|
|
// automated and manual snapshots are returned. You can include shared snapshots
|
|
// with these results by setting the IncludeShared parameter to true. You can
|
|
// include public snapshots with these results by setting the IncludePublic
|
|
// parameter to true.
|
|
//
|
|
// The IncludeShared and IncludePublic parameters do not apply for SnapshotType
|
|
// values of manual or automated. The IncludePublic parameter does not apply
|
|
// when SnapshotType is set to shared. the IncludeShared parameter does not
|
|
// apply when SnapshotType is set to public.
|
|
SnapshotType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBSnapshots
|
|
// action.
|
|
type DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of DBSnapshot instances.
|
|
DBSnapshots []*DBSnapshot `locationNameList:"DBSnapshot" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB subnet group to return details for.
|
|
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBSubnetGroups
|
|
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
|
|
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBSubnetGroups
|
|
// action.
|
|
type DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of DBSubnetGroup instances.
|
|
DBSubnetGroups []*DBSubnetGroup `locationNameList:"DBSubnetGroup" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB cluster parameter group family to return engine parameter
|
|
// information for.
|
|
DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters
|
|
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
|
|
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters
|
|
// action.
|
|
EngineDefaults *EngineDefaults `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB parameter group family.
|
|
DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeEngineDefaultParameters
|
|
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
|
|
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters
|
|
// action.
|
|
EngineDefaults *EngineDefaults `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeEventCategoriesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of source that will be generating the events.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: db-instance | db-parameter-group | db-security-group | db-snapshot
|
|
SourceType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventCategoriesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventCategoriesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Data returned from the DescribeEventCategories action.
|
|
type DescribeEventCategoriesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of EventCategoriesMap data types.
|
|
EventCategoriesMapList []*EventCategoriesMap `locationNameList:"EventCategoriesMap" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions
|
|
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
|
|
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords .
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to describe.
|
|
SubscriptionName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Data returned by the DescribeEventSubscriptions action.
|
|
type DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of EventSubscriptions data types.
|
|
EventSubscriptionsList []*EventSubscription `locationNameList:"EventSubscription" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions
|
|
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
|
|
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeEventsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of minutes to retrieve events for.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 60
|
|
Duration *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The end of the time interval for which to retrieve events, specified in ISO
|
|
// 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia
|
|
// page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601)
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z
|
|
EndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of event categories that trigger notifications for a event notification
|
|
// subscription.
|
|
EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeEvents request.
|
|
// If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond
|
|
// the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the event source for which events will be returned. If
|
|
// not specified, then all sources are included in the response.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// If SourceIdentifier is supplied, SourceType must also be provided. If the
|
|
// source type is DBInstance, then a DBInstanceIdentifier must be supplied.
|
|
// If the source type is DBSecurityGroup, a DBSecurityGroupName must be supplied.
|
|
// If the source type is DBParameterGroup, a DBParameterGroupName must be supplied.
|
|
// If the source type is DBSnapshot, a DBSnapshotIdentifier must be supplied.
|
|
// Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The event source to retrieve events for. If no value is specified, all events
|
|
// are returned.
|
|
SourceType *string `type:"string" enum:"SourceType"`
|
|
|
|
// The beginning of the time interval to retrieve events for, specified in ISO
|
|
// 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia
|
|
// page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601)
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z
|
|
StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEvents action.
|
|
type DescribeEventsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of Event instances.
|
|
Events []*Event `locationNameList:"Event" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous Events request. If this
|
|
// parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker,
|
|
// up to the value specified by MaxRecords .
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A required parameter. Options available for the given engine name will be
|
|
// described.
|
|
EngineName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// If specified, filters the results to include only options for the specified
|
|
// major engine version.
|
|
MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// List of available option group options.
|
|
OptionGroupOptions []*OptionGroupOption `locationNameList:"OptionGroupOption" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeOptionGroupsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Filters the list of option groups to only include groups associated with
|
|
// a specific database engine.
|
|
EngineName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Filters the list of option groups to only include groups associated with
|
|
// a specific database engine version. If specified, then EngineName must also
|
|
// be specified.
|
|
MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOptionGroups
|
|
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
|
|
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the option group to describe. Cannot be supplied together with
|
|
// EngineName or MajorEngineVersion.
|
|
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeOptionGroupsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeOptionGroupsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// List of option groups.
|
|
type DescribeOptionGroupsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// List of option groups.
|
|
OptionGroupsList []*OptionGroup `locationNameList:"OptionGroup" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeOptionGroupsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeOptionGroupsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the
|
|
// available offerings matching the specified DB instance class.
|
|
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the engine to retrieve DB instance options for.
|
|
Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The engine version filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the
|
|
// available offerings matching the specified engine version.
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The license model filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available
|
|
// offerings matching the specified license model.
|
|
LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions
|
|
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
|
|
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords .
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The VPC filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available VPC
|
|
// or non-VPC offerings.
|
|
Vpc *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions
|
|
// action.
|
|
type DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous OrderableDBInstanceOptions
|
|
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
|
|
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords .
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An OrderableDBInstanceOption structure containing information about orderable
|
|
// options for the DB instance.
|
|
OrderableDBInstanceOptions []*OrderableDBInstanceOption `locationNameList:"OrderableDBInstanceOption" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A filter that specifies one or more resources to return pending maintenance
|
|
// actions for.
|
|
//
|
|
// Supported filters:
|
|
//
|
|
// db-instance-id - Accepts DB instance identifiers and DB instance Amazon
|
|
// Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include pending maintenance
|
|
// actions for the DB instances identified by these ARNs.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribePendingMaintenanceActions
|
|
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
|
|
// beyond the marker, up to a number of records specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The ARN of a resource to return pending maintenance actions for.
|
|
ResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Data returned from the DescribePendingMaintenanceActions action.
|
|
type DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribePendingMaintenanceActions
|
|
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
|
|
// beyond the marker, up to a number of records specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of the pending maintenance actions for the resource.
|
|
PendingMaintenanceActions []*ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions `locationNameList:"ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only those
|
|
// reservations matching the specified DB instances class.
|
|
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The duration filter value, specified in years or seconds. Specify this parameter
|
|
// to show only reservations for this duration.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 1 | 3 | 31536000 | 94608000
|
|
Duration *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than the
|
|
// MaxRecords value is available, a pagination token called a marker is included
|
|
// in the response so that the following results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The Multi-AZ filter value. Specify this parameter to show only those reservations
|
|
// matching the specified Multi-AZ parameter.
|
|
MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The offering type filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available
|
|
// offerings matching the specified offering type.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: "Partial Upfront" | "All Upfront" | "No Upfront"
|
|
OfferingType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The product description filter value. Specify this parameter to show only
|
|
// those reservations matching the specified product description.
|
|
ProductDescription *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The reserved DB instance identifier filter value. Specify this parameter
|
|
// to show only the reservation that matches the specified reservation ID.
|
|
ReservedDBInstanceId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The offering identifier filter value. Specify this parameter to show only
|
|
// purchased reservations matching the specified offering identifier.
|
|
ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the
|
|
// available offerings matching the specified DB instance class.
|
|
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Duration filter value, specified in years or seconds. Specify this parameter
|
|
// to show only reservations for this duration.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 1 | 3 | 31536000 | 94608000
|
|
Duration *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than the
|
|
// MaxRecords value is available, a pagination token called a marker is included
|
|
// in the response so that the following results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The Multi-AZ filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available
|
|
// offerings matching the specified Multi-AZ parameter.
|
|
MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The offering type filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available
|
|
// offerings matching the specified offering type.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: "Partial Upfront" | "All Upfront" | "No Upfront"
|
|
OfferingType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Product description filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the
|
|
// available offerings matching the specified product description.
|
|
ProductDescription *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The offering identifier filter value. Specify this parameter to show only
|
|
// the available offering that matches the specified reservation identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: 438012d3-4052-4cc7-b2e3-8d3372e0e706
|
|
ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings
|
|
// action.
|
|
type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of reserved DB instance offerings.
|
|
ReservedDBInstancesOfferings []*ReservedDBInstancesOffering `locationNameList:"ReservedDBInstancesOffering" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeReservedDBInstances
|
|
// action.
|
|
type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of reserved DB instances.
|
|
ReservedDBInstances []*ReservedDBInstance `locationNameList:"ReservedDBInstance" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The customer-assigned name of the DB instance that contains the log files
|
|
// you want to list.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First character
|
|
// must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the log file to be downloaded.
|
|
LogFileName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The pagination token provided in the previous request or "0". If the Marker
|
|
// parameter is specified the response includes only records beyond the marker
|
|
// until the end of the file or up to NumberOfLines.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of lines to download. If the number of lines specified results
|
|
// in a file over 1 MB in size, the file will be truncated at 1 MB in size.
|
|
//
|
|
// If the NumberOfLines parameter is specified, then the block of lines returned
|
|
// can be from the beginning or the end of the log file, depending on the value
|
|
// of the Marker parameter. If neither Marker or NumberOfLines are specified,
|
|
// the entire log file is returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// If NumberOfLines is specified and Marker is not specified, then the most
|
|
// recent lines from the end of the log file are returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// If Marker is specified as "0", then the specified number of lines from the
|
|
// beginning of the log file are returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can download the log file in blocks of lines by specifying the size of
|
|
// the block using the NumberOfLines parameter, and by specifying a value of
|
|
// "0" for the Marker parameter in your first request. Include the Marker value
|
|
// returned in the response as the Marker value for the next request, continuing
|
|
// until the AdditionalDataPending response element returns false.
|
|
NumberOfLines *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element to DownloadDBLogFilePortion.
|
|
type DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Boolean value that if true, indicates there is more data to be downloaded.
|
|
AdditionalDataPending *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Entries from the specified log file.
|
|
LogFileData *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent DownloadDBLogFilePortion
|
|
// request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the following actions:
|
|
//
|
|
// AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress DescribeDBSecurityGroups RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress
|
|
type EC2SecurityGroup struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the id of the EC2 security group.
|
|
EC2SecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the EC2 security group.
|
|
EC2SecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the AWS ID of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in
|
|
// the EC2SecurityGroupName field.
|
|
EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the status of the EC2 security group. Status can be "authorizing",
|
|
// "authorized", "revoking", and "revoked".
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EC2SecurityGroup) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EC2SecurityGroup) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the following actions:
|
|
//
|
|
// CreateDBInstance DescribeDBInstances DeleteDBInstance
|
|
type Endpoint struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the DNS address of the DB instance.
|
|
Address *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the ID that Amazon Route 53 assigns when you create a hosted zone.
|
|
HostedZoneId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the port that the database engine is listening on.
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Endpoint) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Endpoint) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters
|
|
// action.
|
|
type EngineDefaults struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the DB parameter group family that the engine default
|
|
// parameters apply to.
|
|
DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous EngineDefaults request.
|
|
// If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond
|
|
// the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords .
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains a list of engine default parameters.
|
|
Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EngineDefaults) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EngineDefaults) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeEvents action.
|
|
type Event struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the date and time of the event.
|
|
Date *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the category for the event.
|
|
EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the text of this event.
|
|
Message *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the identifier for the source of the event.
|
|
SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the source type for this event.
|
|
SourceType *string `type:"string" enum:"SourceType"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Event) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Event) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventCategories
|
|
// action.
|
|
type EventCategoriesMap struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The event categories for the specified source type
|
|
EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The source type that the returned categories belong to
|
|
SourceType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EventCategoriesMap) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EventCategoriesMap) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions
|
|
// action.
|
|
type EventSubscription struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The RDS event notification subscription Id.
|
|
CustSubscriptionId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS customer account associated with the RDS event notification subscription.
|
|
CustomerAwsId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A Boolean value indicating if the subscription is enabled. True indicates
|
|
// the subscription is enabled.
|
|
Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of event categories for the RDS event notification subscription.
|
|
EventCategoriesList []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The topic ARN of the RDS event notification subscription.
|
|
SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of source IDs for the RDS event notification subscription.
|
|
SourceIdsList []*string `locationNameList:"SourceId" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The source type for the RDS event notification subscription.
|
|
SourceType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the RDS event notification subscription.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Can be one of the following: creating | modifying | deleting | active |
|
|
// no-permission | topic-not-exist
|
|
//
|
|
// The status "no-permission" indicates that RDS no longer has permission to
|
|
// post to the SNS topic. The status "topic-not-exist" indicates that the topic
|
|
// was deleted after the subscription was created.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The time the RDS event notification subscription was created.
|
|
SubscriptionCreationTime *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EventSubscription) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EventSubscription) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type FailoverDBClusterInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A DB cluster identifier to force a failover for. This parameter is not case-sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First character
|
|
// must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s FailoverDBClusterInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s FailoverDBClusterInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type FailoverDBClusterOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
|
|
//
|
|
// CreateDBCluster DeleteDBCluster FailoverDBCluster ModifyDBCluster
|
|
// RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot This data type is used as a response element
|
|
// in the DescribeDBClusters action.
|
|
DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s FailoverDBClusterOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s FailoverDBClusterOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type Filter struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Values []*string `locationNameList:"Value" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Filter) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Filter) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups
|
|
// action.
|
|
type IPRange struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the IP range.
|
|
CIDRIP *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the status of the IP range. Status can be "authorizing", "authorized",
|
|
// "revoking", and "revoked".
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s IPRange) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s IPRange) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ListTagsForResourceInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon RDS resource with tags to be listed. This value is an Amazon Resource
|
|
// Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing an RDS
|
|
// Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html#USER_Tagging.ARN).
|
|
ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ListTagsForResourceOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// List of tags returned by the ListTagsForResource operation.
|
|
TagList []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyDBClusterInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that specifies whether the modifications in this request and any
|
|
// pending modifications are asynchronously applied as soon as possible, regardless
|
|
// of the PreferredMaintenanceWindow setting for the DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// If this parameter is set to false, changes to the DB cluster are applied
|
|
// during the next maintenance window.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of days for which automated backups are retained. You must specify
|
|
// a minimum value of 1.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 1
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be a value from 1 to 35
|
|
BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB cluster identifier for the cluster being modified. This parameter
|
|
// is not case-sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be the identifier for an existing DB cluster. Must contain from 1
|
|
// to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens. First character must be a letter.
|
|
// Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB cluster parameter group to use for the DB cluster.
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The new password for the master database user. This password can contain
|
|
// any printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@".
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
|
|
MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The new DB cluster identifier for the DB cluster when renaming a DB cluster.
|
|
// This value is stored as a lowercase string.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First character
|
|
// must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
// Example: my-cluster2
|
|
NewDBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates that the DB cluster should be associated with the
|
|
// specified option group. Changing this parameter does not result in an outage
|
|
// except in the following case, and the change is applied during the next maintenance
|
|
// window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is set to true for this request.
|
|
// If the parameter change results in an option group that enables OEM, this
|
|
// change can cause a brief (sub-second) period during which new connections
|
|
// are rejected but existing connections are not interrupted.
|
|
//
|
|
// Permanent options cannot be removed from an option group. The option group
|
|
// cannot be removed from a DB cluster once it is associated with a DB cluster.
|
|
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The port number on which the DB cluster accepts connections.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The same port as the original DB cluster.
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated
|
|
// backups are enabled, using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time
|
|
// per region. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting the Preferred
|
|
// Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi. Times should be in Universal Coordinated
|
|
// Time (UTC). Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. Must
|
|
// be at least 30 minutes.
|
|
PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal
|
|
// Coordinated Time (UTC).
|
|
//
|
|
// Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time
|
|
// per region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see the time blocks
|
|
// available, see Adjusting the Preferred Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
|
|
PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A lst of VPC security groups that the DB cluster will belong to.
|
|
VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBClusterInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBClusterInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyDBClusterOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
|
|
//
|
|
// CreateDBCluster DeleteDBCluster FailoverDBCluster ModifyDBCluster
|
|
// RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot This data type is used as a response element
|
|
// in the DescribeDBClusters action.
|
|
DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBClusterOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBClusterOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB cluster parameter group to modify.
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of parameters in the DB cluster parameter group to modify.
|
|
Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyDBInstanceInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The new storage capacity of the RDS instance. Changing this setting does
|
|
// not result in an outage and the change is applied during the next maintenance
|
|
// window unless ApplyImmediately is set to true for this request.
|
|
//
|
|
// MySQL
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Uses existing setting
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 5-6144
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current
|
|
// value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are
|
|
// rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value.
|
|
//
|
|
// Type: Integer
|
|
//
|
|
// MariaDB
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Uses existing setting
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 5-6144
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current
|
|
// value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are
|
|
// rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value.
|
|
//
|
|
// Type: Integer
|
|
//
|
|
// PostgreSQL
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Uses existing setting
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 5-6144
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current
|
|
// value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are
|
|
// rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value.
|
|
//
|
|
// Type: Integer
|
|
//
|
|
// Oracle
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Uses existing setting
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 10-6144
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current
|
|
// value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are
|
|
// rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value.
|
|
//
|
|
// SQL Server
|
|
//
|
|
// Cannot be modified.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you choose to migrate your DB instance from using standard storage to
|
|
// using Provisioned IOPS, or from using Provisioned IOPS to using standard
|
|
// storage, the process can take time. The duration of the migration depends
|
|
// on several factors such as database load, storage size, storage type (standard
|
|
// or Provisioned IOPS), amount of IOPS provisioned (if any), and the number
|
|
// of prior scale storage operations. Typical migration times are under 24 hours,
|
|
// but the process can take up to several days in some cases. During the migration,
|
|
// the DB instance will be available for use, but might experience performance
|
|
// degradation. While the migration takes place, nightly backups for the instance
|
|
// will be suspended. No other Amazon RDS operations can take place for the
|
|
// instance, including modifying the instance, rebooting the instance, deleting
|
|
// the instance, creating a Read Replica for the instance, and creating a DB
|
|
// snapshot of the instance.
|
|
AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates that major version upgrades are allowed. Changing this parameter
|
|
// does not result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied as
|
|
// soon as possible.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: This parameter must be set to true when specifying a value
|
|
// for the EngineVersion parameter that is a different major version than the
|
|
// DB instance's current version.
|
|
AllowMajorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies whether the modifications in this request and any pending modifications
|
|
// are asynchronously applied as soon as possible, regardless of the PreferredMaintenanceWindow
|
|
// setting for the DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// If this parameter is set to false, changes to the DB instance are applied
|
|
// during the next maintenance window. Some parameter changes can cause an outage
|
|
// and will be applied on the next call to RebootDBInstance, or the next failure
|
|
// reboot. Review the table of parameters in Modifying a DB Instance and Using
|
|
// the Apply Immediately Parameter (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.DBInstance.Modifying.html)
|
|
// to see the impact that setting ApplyImmediately to true or false has for
|
|
// each modified parameter and to determine when the changes will be applied.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates that minor version upgrades will be applied automatically to the
|
|
// DB instance during the maintenance window. Changing this parameter does not
|
|
// result in an outage except in the following case and the change is asynchronously
|
|
// applied as soon as possible. An outage will result if this parameter is set
|
|
// to true during the maintenance window, and a newer minor version is available,
|
|
// and RDS has enabled auto patching for that engine version.
|
|
AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of days to retain automated backups. Setting this parameter to
|
|
// a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to 0 disables automated
|
|
// backups.
|
|
//
|
|
// Changing this parameter can result in an outage if you change from 0 to
|
|
// a non-zero value or from a non-zero value to 0. These changes are applied
|
|
// during the next maintenance window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter
|
|
// is set to true for this request. If you change the parameter from one non-zero
|
|
// value to another non-zero value, the change is asynchronously applied as
|
|
// soon as possible.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Uses existing setting
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be a value from 0 to 35 Can be specified for a MySQL Read Replica
|
|
// only if the source is running MySQL 5.6 Can be specified for a PostgreSQL
|
|
// Read Replica only if the source is running PostgreSQL 9.3.5 Cannot be set
|
|
// to 0 if the DB instance is a source to Read Replicas
|
|
BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates the certificate that needs to be associated with the instance.
|
|
CACertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// True to copy all tags from the DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance;
|
|
// otherwise false. The default is false.
|
|
CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The new compute and memory capacity of the DB instance. To determine the
|
|
// instance classes that are available for a particular DB engine, use the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions
|
|
// action.
|
|
//
|
|
// Passing a value for this setting causes an outage during the change and
|
|
// is applied during the next maintenance window, unless ApplyImmediately is
|
|
// specified as true for this request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Uses existing setting
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: db.t1.micro | db.m1.small | db.m1.medium | db.m1.large | db.m1.xlarge
|
|
// | db.m2.xlarge | db.m2.2xlarge | db.m2.4xlarge | db.m3.medium | db.m3.large
|
|
// | db.m3.xlarge | db.m3.2xlarge | db.m4.large | db.m4.xlarge | db.m4.2xlarge
|
|
// | db.m4.4xlarge | db.m4.10xlarge | db.r3.large | db.r3.xlarge | db.r3.2xlarge
|
|
// | db.r3.4xlarge | db.r3.8xlarge | db.t2.micro | db.t2.small | db.t2.medium
|
|
// | db.t2.large
|
|
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB instance identifier. This value is stored as a lowercase string.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be the identifier for an existing DB instance Must contain from 1
|
|
// to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First character must be a letter
|
|
// Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB parameter group to apply to the DB instance. Changing
|
|
// this setting does not result in an outage. The parameter group name itself
|
|
// is changed immediately, but the actual parameter changes are not applied
|
|
// until you reboot the instance without failover. The db instance will NOT
|
|
// be rebooted automatically and the parameter changes will NOT be applied during
|
|
// the next maintenance window.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Uses existing setting
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: The DB parameter group must be in the same DB parameter group
|
|
// family as this DB instance.
|
|
DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The port number on which the database accepts connections.
|
|
//
|
|
// The value of the DBPortNumber parameter must not match any of the port values
|
|
// specified for options in the option group for the DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Your database will restart when you change the DBPortNumber value regardless
|
|
// of the value of the ApplyImmediately parameter.
|
|
//
|
|
// MySQL
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 3306
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 1150-65535
|
|
//
|
|
// MariaDB
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 3306
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 1150-65535
|
|
//
|
|
// PostgreSQL
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 5432
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 1150-65535
|
|
//
|
|
// Oracle
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 1521
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 1150-65535
|
|
//
|
|
// SQL Server
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 1433
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 1150-65535 except for 1434, 3389, 47001, 49152, and 49152
|
|
// through 49156.
|
|
//
|
|
// Amazon Aurora
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 3306
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 1150-65535
|
|
DBPortNumber *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of DB security groups to authorize on this DB instance. Changing this
|
|
// setting does not result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied
|
|
// as soon as possible.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters First character must be a letter
|
|
// Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
DBSecurityGroups []*string `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroupName" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The version number of the database engine to upgrade to. Changing this parameter
|
|
// results in an outage and the change is applied during the next maintenance
|
|
// window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is set to true for this request.
|
|
//
|
|
// For major version upgrades, if a non-default DB parameter group is currently
|
|
// in use, a new DB parameter group in the DB parameter group family for the
|
|
// new engine version must be specified. The new DB parameter group can be the
|
|
// default for that DB parameter group family.
|
|
//
|
|
// For a list of valid engine versions, see CreateDBInstance.
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The new Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value for the RDS instance.
|
|
// Changing this setting does not result in an outage and the change is applied
|
|
// during the next maintenance window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter
|
|
// is set to true for this request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Uses existing setting
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current
|
|
// value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are
|
|
// rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value. If you are
|
|
// migrating from Provisioned IOPS to standard storage, set this value to 0.
|
|
// The DB instance will require a reboot for the change in storage type to take
|
|
// effect.
|
|
//
|
|
// SQL Server
|
|
//
|
|
// Setting the IOPS value for the SQL Server database engine is not supported.
|
|
//
|
|
// Type: Integer
|
|
//
|
|
// If you choose to migrate your DB instance from using standard storage to
|
|
// using Provisioned IOPS, or from using Provisioned IOPS to using standard
|
|
// storage, the process can take time. The duration of the migration depends
|
|
// on several factors such as database load, storage size, storage type (standard
|
|
// or Provisioned IOPS), amount of IOPS provisioned (if any), and the number
|
|
// of prior scale storage operations. Typical migration times are under 24 hours,
|
|
// but the process can take up to several days in some cases. During the migration,
|
|
// the DB instance will be available for use, but might experience performance
|
|
// degradation. While the migration takes place, nightly backups for the instance
|
|
// will be suspended. No other Amazon RDS operations can take place for the
|
|
// instance, including modifying the instance, rebooting the instance, deleting
|
|
// the instance, creating a Read Replica for the instance, and creating a DB
|
|
// snapshot of the instance.
|
|
Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The new password for the DB instance master user. Can be any printable ASCII
|
|
// character except "/", """, or "@".
|
|
//
|
|
// Changing this parameter does not result in an outage and the change is
|
|
// asynchronously applied as soon as possible. Between the time of the request
|
|
// and the completion of the request, the MasterUserPassword element exists
|
|
// in the PendingModifiedValues element of the operation response.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Uses existing setting
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be 8 to 41 alphanumeric characters (MySQL, MariaDB, and
|
|
// Amazon Aurora), 8 to 30 alphanumeric characters (Oracle), or 8 to 128 alphanumeric
|
|
// characters (SQL Server).
|
|
//
|
|
// Amazon RDS API actions never return the password, so this action provides
|
|
// a way to regain access to a primary instance user if the password is lost.
|
|
// This includes restoring privileges that might have been accidentally revoked.
|
|
MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics
|
|
// are collected for the DB instance. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring
|
|
// metrics, specify 0. The default is 60.
|
|
//
|
|
// If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, then you must also set MonitoringInterval
|
|
// to a value other than 0.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60
|
|
MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics
|
|
// to CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess.
|
|
// For information on creating a monitoring role, go to To create an IAM role
|
|
// for Amazon RDS Enhanced Monitoring (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.IAMRole).
|
|
//
|
|
// If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply
|
|
// a MonitoringRoleArn value.
|
|
MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. Changing this parameter
|
|
// does not result in an outage and the change is applied during the next maintenance
|
|
// window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is set to true for this request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Cannot be specified if the DB instance is a Read Replica. This
|
|
// parameter cannot be used with SQL Server DB instances. Multi-AZ for SQL Server
|
|
// DB instances is set using the Mirroring option in an option group associated
|
|
// with the DB instance.
|
|
MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The new DB instance identifier for the DB instance when renaming a DB instance.
|
|
// When you change the DB instance identifier, an instance reboot will occur
|
|
// immediately if you set Apply Immediately to true, or will occur during the
|
|
// next maintenance window if Apply Immediately to false. This value is stored
|
|
// as a lowercase string.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First character
|
|
// must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
NewDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates that the DB instance should be associated with the specified option
|
|
// group. Changing this parameter does not result in an outage except in the
|
|
// following case and the change is applied during the next maintenance window
|
|
// unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is set to true for this request. If
|
|
// the parameter change results in an option group that enables OEM, this change
|
|
// can cause a brief (sub-second) period during which new connections are rejected
|
|
// but existing connections are not interrupted.
|
|
//
|
|
// Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security
|
|
// TDE, cannot be removed from an option group, and that option group cannot
|
|
// be removed from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance
|
|
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated
|
|
// backups are enabled, as determined by the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter.
|
|
// Changing this parameter does not result in an outage and the change is asynchronously
|
|
// applied as soon as possible.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi Times should be in Universal Time
|
|
// Coordinated (UTC) Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window
|
|
// Must be at least 30 minutes
|
|
PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The weekly time range (in UTC) during which system maintenance can occur,
|
|
// which might result in an outage. Changing this parameter does not result
|
|
// in an outage, except in the following situation, and the change is asynchronously
|
|
// applied as soon as possible. If there are pending actions that cause a reboot,
|
|
// and the maintenance window is changed to include the current time, then changing
|
|
// this parameter will cause a reboot of the DB instance. If moving this window
|
|
// to the current time, there must be at least 30 minutes between the current
|
|
// time and end of the window to ensure pending changes are applied.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Uses existing setting
|
|
//
|
|
// Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be at least 30 minutes
|
|
PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// True to make the DB instance Internet-facing with a publicly resolvable DNS
|
|
// name, which resolves to a public IP address. False to make the DB instance
|
|
// internal with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address.
|
|
//
|
|
// PubliclyAccessible only applies to DB instances in a VPC. The DB instance
|
|
// must be part of a public subnet and PubliclyAccessible must be true in order
|
|
// for it to be publicly accessible.
|
|
//
|
|
// Changes to the PubliclyAccessible parameter are applied immediately regardless
|
|
// of the value of the ApplyImmediately parameter.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified; otherwise standard
|
|
StorageType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ARN from the Key Store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption.
|
|
TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The password for the given ARN from the Key Store in order to access the
|
|
// device.
|
|
TdeCredentialPassword *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of EC2 VPC security groups to authorize on this DB instance. This
|
|
// change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters First character must be a letter
|
|
// Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBInstanceInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBInstanceInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyDBInstanceOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
|
|
//
|
|
// CreateDBInstance DeleteDBInstance ModifyDBInstance This data type
|
|
// is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action.
|
|
DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBInstanceOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyDBParameterGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be the name of an existing DB parameter group Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric
|
|
// characters First character must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain
|
|
// two consecutive hyphens
|
|
DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// An array of parameter names, values, and the apply method for the parameter
|
|
// update. At least one parameter name, value, and apply method must be supplied;
|
|
// subsequent arguments are optional. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified
|
|
// in a single request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values (for the application method): immediate | pending-reboot
|
|
//
|
|
// You can use the immediate value with dynamic parameters only. You can use
|
|
// the pending-reboot value for both dynamic and static parameters, and changes
|
|
// are applied when you reboot the DB instance without failover.
|
|
Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB snapshot attribute to modify.
|
|
//
|
|
// To manage authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual
|
|
// DB snapshot, this value is restore.
|
|
AttributeName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier for the DB snapshot to modify the attributes for.
|
|
DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of DB snapshot attributes to add to the attribute specified by AttributeName.
|
|
//
|
|
// To authorize other AWS Accounts to copy or restore a manual snapshot, this
|
|
// is one or more AWS account identifiers, or all to make the manual DB snapshot
|
|
// restorable by any AWS account. Do not add the all value for any manual DB
|
|
// snapshots that contain private information that you do not want to be available
|
|
// to all AWS accounts.
|
|
ValuesToAdd []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of DB snapshot attributes to remove from the attribute specified by
|
|
// AttributeName.
|
|
//
|
|
// To remove authorization for other AWS Accounts to copy or restore a manual
|
|
// snapshot, this is one or more AWS account identifiers, or all to remove authorization
|
|
// for any AWS account to copy or restore the DB snapshot. If you specify all,
|
|
// AWS accounts that have their account identifier explicitly added to the restore
|
|
// attribute can still copy or restore the manual DB snapshot.
|
|
ValuesToRemove []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes
|
|
// API.
|
|
//
|
|
// Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to
|
|
// copy or restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute
|
|
// API.
|
|
DBSnapshotAttributesResult *DBSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The description for the DB subnet group.
|
|
DBSubnetGroupDescription *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name for the DB subnet group. This value is stored as a lowercase string.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
|
|
// Must not be "Default".
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: mySubnetgroup
|
|
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The EC2 subnet IDs for the DB subnet group.
|
|
SubnetIds []*string `locationNameList:"SubnetIdentifier" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
|
|
//
|
|
// CreateDBSubnetGroup ModifyDBSubnetGroup DescribeDBSubnetGroups DeleteDBSubnetGroup
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups
|
|
// action.
|
|
DBSubnetGroup *DBSubnetGroup `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyEventSubscriptionInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A Boolean value; set to true to activate the subscription.
|
|
Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of event categories for a SourceType that you want to subscribe to.
|
|
// You can see a list of the categories for a given SourceType in the Events
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.html)
|
|
// topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide or by using the DescribeEventCategories
|
|
// action.
|
|
EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic created for event notification.
|
|
// The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic and subscribe to
|
|
// it.
|
|
SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of source that will be generating the events. For example, if you
|
|
// want to be notified of events generated by a DB instance, you would set this
|
|
// parameter to db-instance. if this value is not specified, all events are
|
|
// returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: db-instance | db-parameter-group | db-security-group | db-snapshot
|
|
SourceType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the RDS event notification subscription.
|
|
SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions
|
|
// action.
|
|
EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyOptionGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the changes should be applied immediately, or during the
|
|
// next maintenance window for each instance associated with the option group.
|
|
ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the option group to be modified.
|
|
//
|
|
// Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security
|
|
// TDE, cannot be removed from an option group, and that option group cannot
|
|
// be removed from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance
|
|
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Options in this list are added to the option group or, if already present,
|
|
// the specified configuration is used to update the existing configuration.
|
|
OptionsToInclude []*OptionConfiguration `locationNameList:"OptionConfiguration" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Options in this list are removed from the option group.
|
|
OptionsToRemove []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyOptionGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyOptionGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyOptionGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
OptionGroup *OptionGroup `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyOptionGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyOptionGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Option details.
|
|
type Option struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// If the option requires access to a port, then this DB security group allows
|
|
// access to the port.
|
|
DBSecurityGroupMemberships []*DBSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroup" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The description of the option.
|
|
OptionDescription *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the option.
|
|
OptionName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The option settings for this option.
|
|
OptionSettings []*OptionSetting `locationNameList:"OptionSetting" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicate if this option is permanent.
|
|
Permanent *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicate if this option is persistent.
|
|
Persistent *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// If required, the port configured for this option to use.
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// If the option requires access to a port, then this VPC security group allows
|
|
// access to the port.
|
|
VpcSecurityGroupMemberships []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupMembership" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Option) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Option) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// A list of all available options
|
|
type OptionConfiguration struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of DBSecurityGroupMemebrship name strings used for this option.
|
|
DBSecurityGroupMemberships []*string `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroupName" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The configuration of options to include in a group.
|
|
OptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The option settings to include in an option group.
|
|
OptionSettings []*OptionSetting `locationNameList:"OptionSetting" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The optional port for the option.
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of VpcSecurityGroupMemebrship name strings used for this option.
|
|
VpcSecurityGroupMemberships []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s OptionConfiguration) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s OptionConfiguration) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type OptionGroup struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether this option group can be applied to both VPC and non-VPC
|
|
// instances. The value true indicates the option group can be applied to both
|
|
// VPC and non-VPC instances.
|
|
AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates the name of the engine that this option group can be applied to.
|
|
EngineName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates the major engine version associated with this option group.
|
|
MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides a description of the option group.
|
|
OptionGroupDescription *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the option group.
|
|
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates what options are available in the option group.
|
|
Options []*Option `locationNameList:"Option" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// If AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships is false, this field is blank. If
|
|
// AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships is true and this field is blank, then
|
|
// this option group can be applied to both VPC and non-VPC instances. If this
|
|
// field contains a value, then this option group can only be applied to instances
|
|
// that are in the VPC indicated by this field.
|
|
VpcId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s OptionGroup) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s OptionGroup) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Provides information on the option groups the DB instance is a member of.
|
|
type OptionGroupMembership struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the option group that the instance belongs to.
|
|
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the DB instance's option group membership (e.g. in-sync, pending,
|
|
// pending-maintenance, applying).
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s OptionGroupMembership) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s OptionGroupMembership) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Available option.
|
|
type OptionGroupOption struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// If the option requires a port, specifies the default port for the option.
|
|
DefaultPort *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The description of the option.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the engine that this option can be applied to.
|
|
EngineName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates the major engine version that the option is available for.
|
|
MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The minimum required engine version for the option to be applied.
|
|
MinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the option.
|
|
Name *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the option settings that are available (and the default value)
|
|
// for each option in an option group.
|
|
OptionGroupOptionSettings []*OptionGroupOptionSetting `locationNameList:"OptionGroupOptionSetting" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// List of all options that are prerequisites for this option.
|
|
OptionsDependedOn []*string `locationNameList:"OptionName" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A permanent option cannot be removed from the option group once the option
|
|
// group is used, and it cannot be removed from the db instance after assigning
|
|
// an option group with this permanent option.
|
|
Permanent *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// A persistent option cannot be removed from the option group once the option
|
|
// group is used, but this option can be removed from the db instance while
|
|
// modifying the related data and assigning another option group without this
|
|
// option.
|
|
Persistent *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies whether the option requires a port.
|
|
PortRequired *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s OptionGroupOption) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s OptionGroupOption) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Option group option settings are used to display settings available for each
|
|
// option with their default values and other information. These values are
|
|
// used with the DescribeOptionGroupOptions action.
|
|
type OptionGroupOptionSetting struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates the acceptable values for the option group option.
|
|
AllowedValues *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB engine specific parameter type for the option group option.
|
|
ApplyType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The default value for the option group option.
|
|
DefaultValue *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Boolean value where true indicates that this option group option can be changed
|
|
// from the default value.
|
|
IsModifiable *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The description of the option group option.
|
|
SettingDescription *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the option group option.
|
|
SettingName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s OptionGroupOptionSetting) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s OptionGroupOptionSetting) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Option settings are the actual settings being applied or configured for that
|
|
// option. It is used when you modify an option group or describe option groups.
|
|
// For example, the NATIVE_NETWORK_ENCRYPTION option has a setting called SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_SERVER
|
|
// that can have several different values.
|
|
type OptionSetting struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The allowed values of the option setting.
|
|
AllowedValues *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB engine specific parameter type.
|
|
ApplyType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The data type of the option setting.
|
|
DataType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The default value of the option setting.
|
|
DefaultValue *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The description of the option setting.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates if the option setting is part of a collection.
|
|
IsCollection *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// A Boolean value that, when true, indicates the option setting can be modified
|
|
// from the default.
|
|
IsModifiable *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the option that has settings that you can set.
|
|
Name *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The current value of the option setting.
|
|
Value *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s OptionSetting) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s OptionSetting) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains a list of available options for a DB instance
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions
|
|
// action.
|
|
type OrderableDBInstanceOption struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of Availability Zones for the orderable DB instance.
|
|
AvailabilityZones []*AvailabilityZone `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB instance class for the orderable DB instance.
|
|
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The engine type of the orderable DB instance.
|
|
Engine *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The engine version of the orderable DB instance.
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The license model for the orderable DB instance.
|
|
LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether this orderable DB instance is multi-AZ capable.
|
|
MultiAZCapable *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether this orderable DB instance can have a Read Replica.
|
|
ReadReplicaCapable *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates the storage type for this orderable DB instance.
|
|
StorageType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the DB instance supports enhanced monitoring at intervals
|
|
// from 1 to 60 seconds.
|
|
SupportsEnhancedMonitoring *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether this orderable DB instance supports provisioned IOPS.
|
|
SupportsIops *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether this orderable DB instance supports encrypted storage.
|
|
SupportsStorageEncryption *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether this is a VPC orderable DB instance.
|
|
Vpc *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s OrderableDBInstanceOption) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s OrderableDBInstanceOption) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This data type is used as a request parameter in the ModifyDBParameterGroup
|
|
// and ResetDBParameterGroup actions.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters
|
|
// and DescribeDBParameters actions.
|
|
type Parameter struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the valid range of values for the parameter.
|
|
AllowedValues *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates when to apply parameter updates.
|
|
ApplyMethod *string `type:"string" enum:"ApplyMethod"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the engine specific parameters type.
|
|
ApplyType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the valid data type for the parameter.
|
|
DataType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides a description of the parameter.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether (true) or not (false) the parameter can be modified. Some
|
|
// parameters have security or operational implications that prevent them from
|
|
// being changed.
|
|
IsModifiable *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The earliest engine version to which the parameter can apply.
|
|
MinimumEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the parameter.
|
|
ParameterName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the value of the parameter.
|
|
ParameterValue *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates the source of the parameter value.
|
|
Source *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Parameter) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Parameter) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Provides information about a pending maintenance action for a resource.
|
|
type PendingMaintenanceAction struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of pending maintenance action that is available for the resource.
|
|
Action *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The date of the maintenance window when the action will be applied. The maintenance
|
|
// action will be applied to the resource during its first maintenance window
|
|
// after this date. If this date is specified, any next-maintenance opt-in requests
|
|
// are ignored.
|
|
AutoAppliedAfterDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The effective date when the pending maintenance action will be applied to
|
|
// the resource. This date takes into account opt-in requests received from
|
|
// the ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction API, the AutoAppliedAfterDate, and the
|
|
// ForcedApplyDate. This value is blank if an opt-in request has not been received
|
|
// and nothing has been specified as AutoAppliedAfterDate or ForcedApplyDate.
|
|
CurrentApplyDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// A description providing more detail about the maintenance action.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The date when the maintenance action will be automatically applied. The maintenance
|
|
// action will be applied to the resource on this date regardless of the maintenance
|
|
// window for the resource. If this date is specified, any immediate opt-in
|
|
// requests are ignored.
|
|
ForcedApplyDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates the type of opt-in request that has been received for the resource.
|
|
OptInStatus *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PendingMaintenanceAction) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PendingMaintenanceAction) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the ModifyDBInstance action.
|
|
type PendingModifiedValues struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the new AllocatedStorage size for the DB instance that will be applied
|
|
// or is in progress.
|
|
AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the pending number of days for which automated backups are retained.
|
|
BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the identifier of the CA certificate for the DB instance.
|
|
CACertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the new DBInstanceClass for the DB instance that will be applied
|
|
// or is in progress.
|
|
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the new DBInstanceIdentifier for the DB instance that will be applied
|
|
// or is in progress.
|
|
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates the database engine version.
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the new Provisioned IOPS value for the DB instance that will be
|
|
// applied or is being applied.
|
|
Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the pending or in-progress change of the master credentials for
|
|
// the DB instance.
|
|
MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates that the Single-AZ DB instance is to change to a Multi-AZ deployment.
|
|
MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the pending port for the DB instance.
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance.
|
|
StorageType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PendingModifiedValues) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PendingModifiedValues) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type PromoteReadReplicaInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of days to retain automated backups. Setting this parameter to
|
|
// a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to 0 disables automated
|
|
// backups.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 1
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be a value from 0 to 8
|
|
BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB instance identifier. This value is stored as a lowercase string.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be the identifier for an existing Read Replica DB instance Must contain
|
|
// from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First character must be a
|
|
// letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens Example:
|
|
// mydbinstance
|
|
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated
|
|
// backups are enabled, using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of
|
|
// time per region. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting the Preferred
|
|
// Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi. Times should be in Universal Coordinated
|
|
// Time (UTC). Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. Must
|
|
// be at least 30 minutes.
|
|
PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PromoteReadReplicaInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PromoteReadReplicaInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type PromoteReadReplicaOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
|
|
//
|
|
// CreateDBInstance DeleteDBInstance ModifyDBInstance This data type
|
|
// is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action.
|
|
DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PromoteReadReplicaOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PromoteReadReplicaOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of instances to reserve.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 1
|
|
DBInstanceCount *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Customer-specified identifier to track this reservation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: myreservationID
|
|
ReservedDBInstanceId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the Reserved DB instance offering to purchase.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: 438012d3-4052-4cc7-b2e3-8d3372e0e706
|
|
ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tags.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeReservedDBInstances
|
|
// and PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering actions.
|
|
ReservedDBInstance *ReservedDBInstance `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RebootDBInstanceInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First character
|
|
// must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// When true, the reboot will be conducted through a MultiAZ failover.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraint: You cannot specify true if the instance is not configured for
|
|
// MultiAZ.
|
|
ForceFailover *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RebootDBInstanceInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RebootDBInstanceInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RebootDBInstanceOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
|
|
//
|
|
// CreateDBInstance DeleteDBInstance ModifyDBInstance This data type
|
|
// is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action.
|
|
DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RebootDBInstanceOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RebootDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeReservedDBInstances
|
|
// and DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings actions.
|
|
type RecurringCharge struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The amount of the recurring charge.
|
|
RecurringChargeAmount *float64 `type:"double"`
|
|
|
|
// The frequency of the recurring charge.
|
|
RecurringChargeFrequency *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RecurringCharge) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RecurringCharge) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The source identifier to be removed from the subscription, such as the DB
|
|
// instance identifier for a DB instance or the name of a security group.
|
|
SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to remove a
|
|
// source identifier from.
|
|
SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions
|
|
// action.
|
|
EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RemoveTagsFromResourceInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon RDS resource the tags will be removed from. This value is an Amazon
|
|
// Resource Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing
|
|
// an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html#USER_Tagging.ARN).
|
|
ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The tag key (name) of the tag to be removed.
|
|
TagKeys []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeReservedDBInstances
|
|
// and PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering actions.
|
|
type ReservedDBInstance struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The currency code for the reserved DB instance.
|
|
CurrencyCode *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB instance class for the reserved DB instance.
|
|
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of reserved DB instances.
|
|
DBInstanceCount *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The duration of the reservation in seconds.
|
|
Duration *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The fixed price charged for this reserved DB instance.
|
|
FixedPrice *float64 `type:"double"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates if the reservation applies to Multi-AZ deployments.
|
|
MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The offering type of this reserved DB instance.
|
|
OfferingType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The description of the reserved DB instance.
|
|
ProductDescription *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The recurring price charged to run this reserved DB instance.
|
|
RecurringCharges []*RecurringCharge `locationNameList:"RecurringCharge" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The unique identifier for the reservation.
|
|
ReservedDBInstanceId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The offering identifier.
|
|
ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The time the reservation started.
|
|
StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The state of the reserved DB instance.
|
|
State *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The hourly price charged for this reserved DB instance.
|
|
UsagePrice *float64 `type:"double"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReservedDBInstance) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReservedDBInstance) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings
|
|
// action.
|
|
type ReservedDBInstancesOffering struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The currency code for the reserved DB instance offering.
|
|
CurrencyCode *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB instance class for the reserved DB instance.
|
|
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The duration of the offering in seconds.
|
|
Duration *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The fixed price charged for this offering.
|
|
FixedPrice *float64 `type:"double"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates if the offering applies to Multi-AZ deployments.
|
|
MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The offering type.
|
|
OfferingType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The database engine used by the offering.
|
|
ProductDescription *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The recurring price charged to run this reserved DB instance.
|
|
RecurringCharges []*RecurringCharge `locationNameList:"RecurringCharge" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The offering identifier.
|
|
ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The hourly price charged for this offering.
|
|
UsagePrice *float64 `type:"double"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReservedDBInstancesOffering) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReservedDBInstancesOffering) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB cluster parameter group to reset.
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of parameter names in the DB cluster parameter group to reset to the
|
|
// default values. You cannot use this parameter if the ResetAllParameters parameter
|
|
// is set to true.
|
|
Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that is set to true to reset all parameters in the DB cluster parameter
|
|
// group to their default values, and false otherwise. You cannot use this parameter
|
|
// if there is a list of parameter names specified for the Parameters parameter.
|
|
ResetAllParameters *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ResetDBParameterGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters First character must be a letter
|
|
// Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// An array of parameter names, values, and the apply method for the parameter
|
|
// update. At least one parameter name, value, and apply method must be supplied;
|
|
// subsequent arguments are optional. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified
|
|
// in a single request.
|
|
//
|
|
// MySQL
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values (for Apply method): immediate | pending-reboot
|
|
//
|
|
// You can use the immediate value with dynamic parameters only. You can use
|
|
// the pending-reboot value for both dynamic and static parameters, and changes
|
|
// are applied when DB instance reboots.
|
|
//
|
|
// MariaDB
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values (for Apply method): immediate | pending-reboot
|
|
//
|
|
// You can use the immediate value with dynamic parameters only. You can use
|
|
// the pending-reboot value for both dynamic and static parameters, and changes
|
|
// are applied when DB instance reboots.
|
|
//
|
|
// Oracle
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values (for Apply method): pending-reboot
|
|
Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies whether (true) or not (false) to reset all parameters in the DB
|
|
// parameter group to default values.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: true
|
|
ResetAllParameters *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResetDBParameterGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResetDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the pending maintenance actions for a resource.
|
|
type ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list that provides details about the pending maintenance actions for the
|
|
// resource.
|
|
PendingMaintenanceActionDetails []*PendingMaintenanceAction `locationNameList:"PendingMaintenanceAction" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ARN of the resource that has pending maintenance actions.
|
|
ResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the restored
|
|
// DB cluster can be created in.
|
|
AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB cluster to create from the DB cluster snapshot. This parameter
|
|
// isn't case-sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First character
|
|
// must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
// Example: my-snapshot-id
|
|
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB subnet group to use for the new DB cluster.
|
|
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The database name for the restored DB cluster.
|
|
DatabaseName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The database engine to use for the new DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The same as source
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source
|
|
Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The version of the database engine to use for the new DB cluster.
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster from
|
|
// an encrypted DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption
|
|
// key. If you are restoring a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns
|
|
// the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use
|
|
// the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then the following
|
|
// will occur:
|
|
//
|
|
// If the DB cluster snapshot is encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is
|
|
// encrypted using the KMS key that was used to encrypt the DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
// If the DB cluster snapshot is not encrypted, then the restored DB cluster
|
|
// is not encrypted. If SnapshotIdentifier refers to a DB cluster snapshot
|
|
// that is not encrypted, and you specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter,
|
|
// then the restore request is rejected.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the option group to use for the restored DB cluster.
|
|
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The port number on which the new DB cluster accepts connections.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The same port as the original DB cluster.
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier for the DB cluster snapshot to restore from.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First character
|
|
// must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The tags to be assigned to the restored DB cluster.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of VPC security groups that the new DB cluster will belong to.
|
|
VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
|
|
//
|
|
// CreateDBCluster DeleteDBCluster FailoverDBCluster ModifyDBCluster
|
|
// RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot This data type is used as a response element
|
|
// in the DescribeDBClusters action.
|
|
DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the new DB cluster to be created.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First character
|
|
// must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB subnet group name to use for the new DB cluster.
|
|
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster from
|
|
// an encrypted DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption
|
|
// key. If you are restoring a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns
|
|
// the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use
|
|
// the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can restore to a new DB cluster and encrypt the new DB cluster with
|
|
// a KMS key that is different than the KMS key used to encrypt the source DB
|
|
// cluster. The new DB cluster will be encrypted with the KMS key identified
|
|
// by the KmsKeyId parameter.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then the following
|
|
// will occur:
|
|
//
|
|
// If the DB cluster is encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is encrypted
|
|
// using the KMS key that was used to encrypt the source DB cluster. If the
|
|
// DB cluster is not encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is not encrypted.
|
|
// If DBClusterIdentifier refers to a DB cluster that is note encrypted, then
|
|
// the restore request is rejected.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the option group for the new DB cluster.
|
|
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The port number on which the new DB cluster accepts connections.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The same port as the original DB cluster.
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The date and time to restore the DB cluster to.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: Value must be a time in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC) format
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be before the latest restorable time for the DB instance Cannot be
|
|
// specified if UseLatestRestorableTime parameter is true Example: 2015-03-07T23:45:00Z
|
|
RestoreToTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the source DB cluster from which to restore.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be the identifier of an existing database instance Must contain from
|
|
// 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First character must be a letter
|
|
// Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
SourceDBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tags.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that is set to true to restore the DB cluster to the latest restorable
|
|
// backup time, and false otherwise.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Cannot be specified if RestoreToTime parameter is provided.
|
|
UseLatestRestorableTime *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// A lst of VPC security groups that the new DB cluster belongs to.
|
|
VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
|
|
//
|
|
// CreateDBCluster DeleteDBCluster FailoverDBCluster ModifyDBCluster
|
|
// RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot This data type is used as a response element
|
|
// in the DescribeDBClusters action.
|
|
DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates that minor version upgrades will be applied automatically to the
|
|
// DB instance during the maintenance window.
|
|
AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The EC2 Availability Zone that the database instance will be created in.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraint: You cannot specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ
|
|
// parameter is set to true.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: us-east-1a
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// True to copy all tags from the restored DB instance to snapshots of the DB
|
|
// instance; otherwise false. The default is false.
|
|
CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The compute and memory capacity of the Amazon RDS DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: db.t1.micro | db.m1.small | db.m1.medium | db.m1.large | db.m1.xlarge
|
|
// | db.m2.2xlarge | db.m2.4xlarge | db.m3.medium | db.m3.large | db.m3.xlarge
|
|
// | db.m3.2xlarge | db.m4.large | db.m4.xlarge | db.m4.2xlarge | db.m4.4xlarge
|
|
// | db.m4.10xlarge | db.r3.large | db.r3.xlarge | db.r3.2xlarge | db.r3.4xlarge
|
|
// | db.r3.8xlarge | db.t2.micro | db.t2.small | db.t2.medium | db.t2.large
|
|
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Name of the DB instance to create from the DB snapshot. This parameter isn't
|
|
// case-sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens (1 to 15 for
|
|
// SQL Server) First character must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or
|
|
// contain two consecutive hyphens Example: my-snapshot-id
|
|
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The database name for the restored DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// This parameter doesn't apply to the MySQL or MariaDB engines.
|
|
DBName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier for the DB snapshot to restore from.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First character
|
|
// must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
// If you are restoring from a shared manual DB snapshot, the DBSnapshotIdentifier
|
|
// must be the ARN of the shared DB snapshot.
|
|
DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB subnet group name to use for the new instance.
|
|
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The database engine to use for the new instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The same as source
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: MySQL | mariadb | oracle-se1 | oracle-se | oracle-ee | sqlserver-ee
|
|
// | sqlserver-se | sqlserver-ex | sqlserver-web | postgres | aurora
|
|
Engine *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the amount of provisioned IOPS for the DB instance, expressed in
|
|
// I/O operations per second. If this parameter is not specified, the IOPS value
|
|
// will be taken from the backup. If this parameter is set to 0, the new instance
|
|
// will be converted to a non-PIOPS instance, which will take additional time,
|
|
// though your DB instance will be available for connections before the conversion
|
|
// starts.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be an integer greater than 1000.
|
|
//
|
|
// SQL Server
|
|
//
|
|
// Setting the IOPS value for the SQL Server database engine is not supported.
|
|
Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// License model information for the restored DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Same as source.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license
|
|
LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraint: You cannot specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ
|
|
// parameter is set to true.
|
|
MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the option group to be used for the restored DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE,
|
|
// cannot be removed from an option group, and that option group cannot be removed
|
|
// from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance
|
|
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The port number on which the database accepts connections.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The same port as the original DB instance
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true
|
|
// specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name,
|
|
// which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal
|
|
// instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been
|
|
// requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each case.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default VPC: true VPC: false If no DB subnet group has been specified
|
|
// as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not been set,
|
|
// the DB instance will be publicly accessible. If a specific DB subnet group
|
|
// has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value
|
|
// has not been set, the DB instance will be private.
|
|
PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified; otherwise standard
|
|
StorageType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tags.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ARN from the Key Store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption.
|
|
TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The password for the given ARN from the Key Store in order to access the
|
|
// device.
|
|
TdeCredentialPassword *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
|
|
//
|
|
// CreateDBInstance DeleteDBInstance ModifyDBInstance This data type
|
|
// is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action.
|
|
DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates that minor version upgrades will be applied automatically to the
|
|
// DB instance during the maintenance window.
|
|
AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The EC2 Availability Zone that the database instance will be created in.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraint: You cannot specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ
|
|
// parameter is set to true.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: us-east-1a
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// True to copy all tags from the restored DB instance to snapshots of the DB
|
|
// instance; otherwise false. The default is false.
|
|
CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The compute and memory capacity of the Amazon RDS DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: db.t1.micro | db.m1.small | db.m1.medium | db.m1.large | db.m1.xlarge
|
|
// | db.m2.2xlarge | db.m2.4xlarge | db.m3.medium | db.m3.large | db.m3.xlarge
|
|
// | db.m3.2xlarge | db.m4.large | db.m4.xlarge | db.m4.2xlarge | db.m4.4xlarge
|
|
// | db.m4.10xlarge | db.r3.large | db.r3.xlarge | db.r3.2xlarge | db.r3.4xlarge
|
|
// | db.r3.8xlarge | db.t2.micro | db.t2.small | db.t2.medium | db.t2.large
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The same DBInstanceClass as the original DB instance.
|
|
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The database name for the restored DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// This parameter is not used for the MySQL or MariaDB engines.
|
|
DBName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB subnet group name to use for the new instance.
|
|
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The database engine to use for the new instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The same as source
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: MySQL | mariadb | oracle-se1 | oracle-se | oracle-ee | sqlserver-ee
|
|
// | sqlserver-se | sqlserver-ex | sqlserver-web | postgres| aurora
|
|
Engine *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be
|
|
// initially allocated for the DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be an integer greater than 1000.
|
|
//
|
|
// SQL Server
|
|
//
|
|
// Setting the IOPS value for the SQL Server database engine is not supported.
|
|
Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// License model information for the restored DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Same as source.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license
|
|
LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraint: You cannot specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ
|
|
// parameter is set to true.
|
|
MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the option group to be used for the restored DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE,
|
|
// cannot be removed from an option group, and that option group cannot be removed
|
|
// from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance
|
|
OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The port number on which the database accepts connections.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The same port as the original DB instance.
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true
|
|
// specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name,
|
|
// which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal
|
|
// instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been
|
|
// requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each case.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default VPC:true VPC:false If no DB subnet group has been specified
|
|
// as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not been set,
|
|
// the DB instance will be publicly accessible. If a specific DB subnet group
|
|
// has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value
|
|
// has not been set, the DB instance will be private.
|
|
PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The date and time to restore from.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: Value must be a time in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC) format
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be before the latest restorable time for the DB instance Cannot be
|
|
// specified if UseLatestRestorableTime parameter is true Example: 2009-09-07T23:45:00Z
|
|
RestoreTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the source DB instance from which to restore.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be the identifier of an existing database instance Must contain from
|
|
// 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First character must be a letter
|
|
// Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
SourceDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified; otherwise standard
|
|
StorageType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tags.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the new database instance to be created.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First character
|
|
// must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
|
|
TargetDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ARN from the Key Store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption.
|
|
TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The password for the given ARN from the Key Store in order to access the
|
|
// device.
|
|
TdeCredentialPassword *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies whether (true) or not (false) the DB instance is restored from
|
|
// the latest backup time.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Cannot be specified if RestoreTime parameter is provided.
|
|
UseLatestRestorableTime *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
|
|
//
|
|
// CreateDBInstance DeleteDBInstance ModifyDBInstance This data type
|
|
// is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action.
|
|
DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The IP range to revoke access from. Must be a valid CIDR range. If CIDRIP
|
|
// is specified, EC2SecurityGroupName, EC2SecurityGroupId and EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId
|
|
// cannot be provided.
|
|
CIDRIP *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB security group to revoke ingress from.
|
|
DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The id of the EC2 security group to revoke access from. For VPC DB security
|
|
// groups, EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId
|
|
// and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided.
|
|
EC2SecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the EC2 security group to revoke access from. For VPC DB security
|
|
// groups, EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId
|
|
// and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided.
|
|
EC2SecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS Account Number of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in
|
|
// the EC2SecurityGroupName parameter. The AWS Access Key ID is not an acceptable
|
|
// value. For VPC DB security groups, EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise,
|
|
// EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId
|
|
// must be provided.
|
|
EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
|
|
//
|
|
// DescribeDBSecurityGroups AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress CreateDBSecurityGroup
|
|
// RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress This data type is used as a response element
|
|
// in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups action.
|
|
DBSecurityGroup *DBSecurityGroup `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups
|
|
// action.
|
|
type Subnet struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains Availability Zone information.
|
|
//
|
|
// This data type is used as an element in the following data type: OrderableDBInstanceOption
|
|
SubnetAvailabilityZone *AvailabilityZone `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the identifier of the subnet.
|
|
SubnetIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the status of the subnet.
|
|
SubnetStatus *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Subnet) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Subnet) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Metadata assigned to an Amazon RDS resource consisting of a key-value pair.
|
|
type Tag struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A key is the required name of the tag. The string value can be from 1 to
|
|
// 128 Unicode characters in length and cannot be prefixed with "aws:" or "rds:".
|
|
// The string can only contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits, white-space,
|
|
// '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$").
|
|
Key *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A value is the optional value of the tag. The string value can be from 1
|
|
// to 256 Unicode characters in length and cannot be prefixed with "aws:" or
|
|
// "rds:". The string can only contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits,
|
|
// white-space, '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$").
|
|
Value *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Tag) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Tag) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The version of the database engine that a DB instance can be upgraded to.
|
|
type UpgradeTarget struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates whether the target version will be applied to any
|
|
// source DB instances that have AutoMinorVersionUpgrade set to true.
|
|
AutoUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The version of the database engine that a DB instance can be upgraded to.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the upgrade target database engine.
|
|
Engine *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The version number of the upgrade target database engine.
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates whether a database engine will be upgraded to a major
|
|
// version.
|
|
IsMajorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpgradeTarget) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpgradeTarget) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This data type is used as a response element for queries on VPC security
|
|
// group membership.
|
|
type VpcSecurityGroupMembership struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the VPC security group.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the VPC security group.
|
|
VpcSecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpcSecurityGroupMembership) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpcSecurityGroupMembership) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// @enum ApplyMethod
|
|
ApplyMethodImmediate = "immediate"
|
|
// @enum ApplyMethod
|
|
ApplyMethodPendingReboot = "pending-reboot"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// @enum SourceType
|
|
SourceTypeDbInstance = "db-instance"
|
|
// @enum SourceType
|
|
SourceTypeDbParameterGroup = "db-parameter-group"
|
|
// @enum SourceType
|
|
SourceTypeDbSecurityGroup = "db-security-group"
|
|
// @enum SourceType
|
|
SourceTypeDbSnapshot = "db-snapshot"
|
|
// @enum SourceType
|
|
SourceTypeDbCluster = "db-cluster"
|
|
// @enum SourceType
|
|
SourceTypeDbClusterSnapshot = "db-cluster-snapshot"
|
|
)
|